[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025228256A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus

Info

Publication number
WO2025228256A1
WO2025228256A1 PCT/CN2025/091190 CN2025091190W WO2025228256A1 WO 2025228256 A1 WO2025228256 A1 WO 2025228256A1 CN 2025091190 W CN2025091190 W CN 2025091190W WO 2025228256 A1 WO2025228256 A1 WO 2025228256A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
100mhz
ppdu
channel
tone
fields
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2025/091190
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
于健
阮卫
淦明
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Publication of WO2025228256A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025228256A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/16Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H04W28/18Negotiating wireless communication parameters
    • H04W28/20Negotiating bandwidth
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and apparatus.
  • WLANs Wireless Local Area Networks
  • Licensed bands refer to the spectrum range that requires a specific spectrum license to use
  • unlicensed bands refer to the spectrum range that can be used without a specific spectrum license. How to use licensed and unlicensed bands for data transmission still requires further research.
  • This application provides a communication method and apparatus that can achieve 100MHz data transmission and improve spectrum utilization.
  • embodiments of this application provide a communication method, which can be executed by a first device.
  • the first device can refer to the device itself, or a processor, module, chip, or chip system within the first device that implements the method.
  • the first device generates a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU).
  • the first PPDU includes bandwidth field indication information, which indicates that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz.
  • the first device transmits the first PPDU using a 100MHz channel.
  • the first device transmits a first PDDU with a bandwidth of 100MHz using a 100MHz channel, which enables data transmission at 100MHz.
  • this method can improve spectrum utilization.
  • the bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth information.
  • the first PPDUB includes a general signaling field, which includes a bandwidth field used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDUB is 100MHz.
  • 80MHz of 100MHz corresponds to a 996-tone resource unit (RU), and 20MHz corresponds to a 242-tone RU.
  • a 100MHz channel may include 996+242-tone multiple resource units (MRUs).
  • a 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU may include 996+242-tone MRUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 996+242-tone MRU.
  • 40MHz of the 100MHz corresponds to one 484-tone RU, and the remaining three 20MHz correspond to one 242-tone RU respectively.
  • the 100MHz channel may include one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs.
  • five 20MHz channels in the 100MHz range each correspond to one 242-tone RU, so the 100MHz channel can include five 242-tone RUs, for example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes five 242-tone RUs.
  • the two 40MHz channels in the 100MHz range each correspond to a 484-tone RU, and the other 20MHz channel corresponds to a 242-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel may include a 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU may include a 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs.
  • 80MHz of the 100MHz corresponds to a 996-tone RU and 20MHz corresponds to a 242-tone RU, so the 100MHz channel may include a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU.
  • 60MHz of the 100MHz corresponds to a 484+242-tone MRU, and 40MHz corresponds to a 484-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel may include a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU.
  • 60MHz of the 100MHz corresponds to one 484+242-tone MRU, and the remaining two 20MHz correspond to one 242-tone RU respectively.
  • the 100MHz channel may include one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs.
  • the RU/MRU included in the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can be obtained by combining one or more RU/MRUs as defined in the protocol, which can reduce the complexity of implementation.
  • 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punched.
  • the first PPDU further includes punched field indication information, which indicates that 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punched, and that the 20MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or in other words, the 20MHz band is not the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band.
  • the puncturing field indicates information as a puncturing field.
  • the first PPDU includes a general signaling field, the general signaling field packet including the puncturing field, the puncturing field indicating that 20MHz within 100MHz is punctured, and the 20MHz is located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz.
  • the 40MHz of the 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 484-tone MRU, and the other two 200MHz that are not punctured can each correspond to a 242-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel can include 484+242+242-tone MRUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+242+242-tone MRUs.
  • the two 40MHz channels that are not punctured in the 100MHz can each correspond to a 484-tone MRU, and the two 40MHz channels that are not punctured can be continuous or non-contiguous.
  • the 100MHz channel can include 484+484-tone MRU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+484-tone MRU, and the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU can be continuous or non-contiguous.
  • the 80MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 996-tone RU.
  • the 80MHz that is not punctured can be continuous or discontinuous, so the 100MHz channel can include a 996-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 996-tone RU, and the 996 subcarriers in the 996-tone RU can be continuous or discontinuous.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+242+242-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+484-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 996-tone RU.
  • the first PPDU also includes punch field indication information, which indicates that 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punched, and that the 40MHz band is within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or that the 40MHz band does not include the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band.
  • the puncturing field indicates information as a puncturing field.
  • the first PPDU includes a general signaling field, the general signaling field packet including the puncturing field, the puncturing field indicating that 40MHz within 100MHz is punctured, and the 40MHz is located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz.
  • the 60MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 484+242-tone MRU, so the 100MHz channel can include a 484+242-tone MRU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include a 484+242-tone MRU.
  • each 20MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 242-tone MRU, so the 100MHz channel can include 242+242+242-tone MRUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 242+242+242-tone MRUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 484+242-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 242+242+242-tone MRU.
  • the transmission mode of the first PPDU is non-orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission.
  • the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission.
  • the first PPDU when the first PPDU is transmitted in Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) mode and the first PPDU also includes puncture field indication information, regardless of whether the puncture field indication information indicates that 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punctured or that 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punctured, the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band corresponds to a 4-bit puncture indication, and the highest 20MHz band corresponds to a 4-bit puncture indication, with the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 20MHz band being 1111.
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • the 4-bit corresponding to the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band is used to indicate that either 20MHz or 40MHz of the lowest 80MHz band is punctured
  • the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 20MHz band is used to indicate that the highest 20MHz band is not punctured.
  • the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA), and when puncturing occurs in the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz, and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz.
  • the first and third content channels each carry three resource element allocation fields, and the second content channel carries two resource element allocation fields.
  • the resource element allocation fields carried by the first, second, and third content channels are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block
  • the common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block
  • the common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block. That is, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels can each be located in a separate common coding block, saving overhead.
  • the first and third common coding blocks each carry three resource unit allocation fields
  • the second common coding block carries two resource unit allocation fields.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first and second common coding blocks
  • the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third common coding block
  • the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fourth and fifth common coding blocks. That is, the common fields of the first and third content channels can each be located in two different common coding blocks, while the common field of the second content channel can be located in one common coding block.
  • the first, third, and fourth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields
  • the second and fifth common coding blocks each carry one resource unit allocation field.
  • the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA).
  • OFDMA orthogonal frequency division multiple access
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz, and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz.
  • the first, second, and third content channels each carry three resource unit allocation fields.
  • the three resource unit allocation fields carried by the first and third content channels are used to indicate the allocation of RUs (Resource Units) or MRUs (Main Units).
  • RUs Resource Units
  • MRUs Mainn Units
  • Of the three resource unit allocation fields carried by the second content channel two are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs, and one is a reserved field, used to indicate puncturing information, or used to indicate reserved information.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block
  • the common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block
  • the common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block. That is, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels can each be located in a separate common coding block, saving overhead.
  • the first, second, and third common coding blocks each carry three resource unit allocation fields.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first and second common coding blocks
  • the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third and fourth common coding blocks
  • the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fifth and sixth common coding blocks. That is, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels are each located in two common coding blocks.
  • the first, third, and fifth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields
  • the second, fourth, and sixth common coding blocks each carry one resource unit allocation field.
  • the first, third, and fifth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields
  • the second, fourth, and sixth common coding blocks each carry one reserved field.
  • 100MHz belongs to the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz, for example, the 100MHz used to transmit the first PPDU belongs to the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz.
  • This approach allows for full utilization of the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz, thereby improving spectral efficiency.
  • 100MHz belongs to a licensed frequency band
  • the 100MHz used to transmit the first PPDU belongs to a licensed frequency band.
  • the first device can make full use of this 100MHz bandwidth to transmit information, thereby improving spectrum utilization.
  • embodiments of this application also provide a communication method, which can be executed by a first device.
  • the first device can refer to the device itself, or a processor, module, chip, or chip system within the first device that implements the method.
  • the first device generates a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU).
  • the first PPDU includes bandwidth field indication information and puncturing field indication information.
  • the bandwidth field indication information indicates that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz
  • the puncturing field indication information indicates that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured.
  • the first device transmits the first PPDU using the remaining 100MHz channel after puncturing the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz.
  • the bandwidth field in the first PPDU generated by the first device indicates that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the puncturing field indicates that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured. Therefore, the actual bandwidth occupied by the first PPDU is 100MHz.
  • the first device uses the remaining 100MHz channel after puncturing the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz to transmit the first PPDU, achieving 100MHz data transmission. Compared with the first device using PPDUs with predefined protocols to transmit information, this method can improve spectrum utilization.
  • the bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth information.
  • the first PPDUB includes a general signaling field, which includes a bandwidth field used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDUB is 100MHz.
  • the puncture field indicates information as a puncture field.
  • the first PPDU includes a general signaling field, the general signaling field packet including the puncture field, the puncture field being used to indicate that the highest 60MHz in the 160MHz band has been punctured.
  • 80MHz of 100MHz can correspond to a 996-tone resource unit (RU), and 20MHz can correspond to a 242-tone RU.
  • a 100MHz channel can include 996+242-tone multiple resource units (MRUs).
  • a 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes 996+242-tone MRUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 996+242-tone MRU.
  • 40MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to one 484-tone RU, and the remaining three 20MHz can each correspond to one 242-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel can include one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs.
  • the five 20MHz channels in the 100MHz channel can each correspond to a 242-tone RU, so the 100MHz channel can include five 242-tone RUs, for example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes five 242-tone RUs.
  • the two 40MHz channels in the 100MHz channel can each correspond to a 484-tone RU, and the other 20MHz channel can correspond to a 242-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel can include a 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs.
  • 80MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to a 996-tone RU and 20MHz can correspond to a 242-tone RU, so the 100MHz channel can include a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU.
  • 60MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to a 484+242-tone MRU, and 40MHz can correspond to a 484-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel can include a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU.
  • 60MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to one 484+242-tone MRU, and the other two 20MHz can each correspond to one 242-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel can include one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs.
  • the RU/MRU included in the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can be obtained by combining one or more RU/MRUs as defined in the protocol, which can reduce the complexity of implementation.
  • 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punched.
  • the punching field indication information is also used to indicate that 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punched, and that the 20MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or in other words, the 20MHz band is not the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band.
  • the 40MHz of the 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 484-tone MRU, and the other two 200MHz that are not punctured can each correspond to a 242-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel can include 484+242+242-tone MRUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+242+242-tone MRUs.
  • the two 40MHz channels that are not punctured in the 100MHz can each correspond to a 484-tone MRU, and the two 40MHz channels that are not punctured can be continuous or non-contiguous.
  • the 100MHz channel can include 484+484-tone MRU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+484-tone MRU, and the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU can be continuous or non-contiguous.
  • the 80MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 996-tone RU.
  • the 80MHz that is not punctured can be continuous or discontinuous, so the 100MHz channel can include a 996-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 996-tone RU, and the 996 subcarriers in the 996-tone RU can be continuous or discontinuous.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+242+242-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+484-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 996-tone RU.
  • 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punched.
  • the punching field indication information is also used to indicate that 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punched, and that the 40MHz band is within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or that the 40MHz band does not include the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band.
  • the 60MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 484+242-tone MRU, so the 100MHz channel can include a 484+242-tone MRU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include a 484+242-tone MRU.
  • each 20MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 242-tone MRU, so the 100MHz channel can include 242+242+242-tone MRUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 242+242+242-tone MRUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 484+242-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 242+242+242-tone MRU.
  • the transmission mode of the first PPDU is non-orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission.
  • the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission.
  • the first PPDU when the first PPDU is transmitted in Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) mode and also includes puncture field indication information, regardless of whether the puncture field indication information indicates that 20MHz of 100MHz is punctured or 40MHz of 100MHz is punctured, the lowest 80MHz of 160MHz corresponds to a 4-bit puncture indication, and the highest 80MHz corresponds to a 4-bit puncture indication, with the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 80MHz being 1000.
  • the 4-bit corresponding to the lowest 80MHz of 160MHz is used to indicate that 20MHz or 40MHz of that lowest 80MHz is punctured
  • the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 80MHz is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz of that highest 80MHz is punctured.
  • the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA), and when puncturing occurs in the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz, and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz.
  • the first, second, and third content channels each carry four resource unit allocation fields.
  • three are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs, and one is a reserved field, used to indicate puncturing information, or used to indicate reserved information.
  • the four resource unit allocation fields carried by the second content channel two are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs, and two are reserved fields, used to indicate puncturing information, or used to indicate reserved information.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block
  • the common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block
  • the common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block. That is, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels can each be located in a separate common coding block, saving overhead.
  • the first, second, and third common coding blocks each carry four resource unit allocation fields.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first and second common coding blocks
  • the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third and fourth common coding blocks
  • the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fifth and sixth common coding blocks. That is, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels can each be located in two separate common coding blocks.
  • the first, second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields.
  • the 100MHz transmitted for the first PPDU falls within the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz. This approach allows for full utilization of the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz, thereby improving spectral efficiency.
  • the 100MHz bandwidth for transmitting the first PPDU belongs to a licensed frequency band.
  • the first device can make full use of this 100MHz bandwidth to transmit information, thereby improving spectrum utilization.
  • embodiments of this application provide a communication method corresponding to the communication method of the first aspect.
  • This method can be executed by a second device, which can refer to the second device itself or a processor, module, chip, or chip system within the second device that implements the method.
  • the second device receives a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU), which includes bandwidth field indication information indicating that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz.
  • PPDU physical layer protocol data unit
  • the second device parses the first PPDU.
  • the second device receives a first PPDU with a bandwidth of 100MHz, enabling data transmission at 100MHz.
  • this method improves spectrum utilization.
  • the bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth information.
  • the first PPDUB includes a general signaling field, which includes a bandwidth field used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDUB is 100MHz.
  • 80MHz of 100MHz can correspond to a 996-tone resource unit (RU), and 20MHz can correspond to a 242-tone RU.
  • a 100MHz channel can include 996+242-tone multiple resource units (MRUs).
  • a 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes 996+242-tone MRUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 996+242-tone MRU.
  • 40MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to one 484-tone RU, and the remaining three 20MHz can each correspond to one 242-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel can include one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs.
  • the five 20MHz channels in the 100MHz channel can each correspond to a 242-tone RU, so the 100MHz channel can include five 242-tone RUs, for example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes five 242-tone RUs.
  • the two 40MHz channels in the 100MHz channel can each correspond to a 484-tone RU, and the other 20MHz channel can correspond to a 242-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel can include a 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs.
  • 80MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to a 996-tone RU and 20MHz can correspond to a 242-tone RU, so the 100MHz channel can include a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU.
  • 60MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to a 484+242-tone MRU, and 40MHz can correspond to a 484-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel can include a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU.
  • 60MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to one 484+242-tone MRU, and the other two 20MHz can each correspond to one 242-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel can include one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs.
  • the RU/MRU included in the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can be obtained by combining one or more RU/MRUs as defined in the protocol, which can reduce the complexity of implementation.
  • 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punched.
  • the first PPDU further includes punched field indication information, which indicates that 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punched, and that the 20MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or in other words, the 20MHz band is not the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band.
  • the puncturing field indicates information as a puncturing field.
  • the first PPDU includes a general signaling field, the general signaling field packet including the puncturing field, the puncturing field indicating that 20MHz within 100MHz is punctured, and the 20MHz is located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz.
  • the 40MHz of the 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 484-tone MRU, and the other two 200MHz that are not punctured can each correspond to a 242-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel can include 484+242+242-tone MRUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+242+242-tone MRUs.
  • the two 40MHz channels that are not punctured in the 100MHz can each correspond to a 484-tone MRU, and the two 40MHz channels that are not punctured can be continuous or non-contiguous.
  • the 100MHz channel can include 484+484-tone MRU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+484-tone MRU, and the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU can be continuous or non-contiguous.
  • the 80MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 996-tone RU.
  • the 80MHz that is not punctured can be continuous or discontinuous, so the 100MHz channel can include a 996-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 996-tone RU, and the 996 subcarriers in the 996-tone RU can be continuous or discontinuous.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+242+242-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+484-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 996-tone RU.
  • the first PPDU also includes punch field indication information, which indicates that 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punched, and that the 40MHz band is within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or that the 40MHz band does not include the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band.
  • the puncturing field indicates information as a puncturing field.
  • the first PPDU includes a general signaling field, the general signaling field packet including the puncturing field, the puncturing field indicating that 40MHz within 100MHz is punctured, and the 40MHz is located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz.
  • the 60MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 484+242-tone MRU, so the 100MHz channel can include a 484+242-tone MRU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include a 484+242-tone MRU.
  • each 20MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 242-tone MRU, so the 100MHz channel can include 242+242+242-tone MRUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 242+242+242-tone MRUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 484+242-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 242+242+242-tone MRU.
  • the transmission mode of the first PPDU is non-orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission.
  • the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission.
  • the first PPDU when the first PPDU is transmitted in Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) mode and the first PPDU also includes puncture field indication information, regardless of whether the puncture field indication information indicates that 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punctured or that 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punctured, the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band corresponds to a 4-bit puncture indication, and the highest 20MHz band corresponds to a 4-bit puncture indication, with the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 20MHz band being 1111.
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • the 4-bit corresponding to the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band is used to indicate that either 20MHz or 40MHz of the lowest 80MHz band is punctured
  • the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 20MHz band is used to indicate that the highest 20MHz band is not punctured.
  • the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA), and when puncturing occurs in the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz, and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz.
  • the first and third content channels each carry three resource element allocation fields, and the second content channel carries two resource element allocation fields.
  • the resource element allocation fields carried by the first, second, and third content channels are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block
  • the common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block
  • the common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block. That is, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels can each be located in a separate common coding block, saving overhead.
  • the first and third common coding blocks each carry three resource unit allocation fields
  • the second common coding block carries two resource unit allocation fields.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first and second common coding blocks
  • the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third common coding block
  • the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fourth and fifth common coding blocks. That is, the common fields of the first and third content channels can each be located in two different common coding blocks, while the common field of the second content channel can be located in one common coding block.
  • the first, third, and fourth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields
  • the second and fifth common coding blocks each carry one resource unit allocation field.
  • the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission, and when there is puncturing in the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz, and includes a third content channel in the upper 20MHz.
  • the first, second, and third content channels each carry three resource unit allocation fields.
  • the three resource unit allocation fields carried by the first and third content channels are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs.
  • the two are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs, and one is a reserved field, used to indicate punching information, or used to indicate reserved information.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block
  • the common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block
  • the common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block. That is, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels can each be located in a separate common coding block, saving overhead.
  • the first, second, and third common coding blocks each carry three resource unit allocation fields.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first and second common coding blocks
  • the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third and fourth common coding blocks
  • the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fifth and sixth common coding blocks. That is, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels are each located in two common coding blocks.
  • the first, third, and fifth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields
  • the second, fourth, and sixth common coding blocks each carry one resource unit allocation field.
  • the first, third, and fifth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields
  • the second, fourth, and sixth common coding blocks each carry one reserved field.
  • 100MHz belongs to the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz, for example, the 100MHz used to transmit the first PPDU belongs to the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz.
  • This approach allows for full utilization of the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz, thereby improving spectral efficiency.
  • 100MHz belongs to a licensed frequency band
  • the 100MHz used to transmit the first PPDU belongs to a licensed frequency band.
  • the first device can make full use of this 100MHz bandwidth to transmit information, thereby improving spectrum utilization.
  • embodiments of this application provide a communication method corresponding to the communication method of the second aspect.
  • This method can be executed by a second device, which can refer to the second device itself or a processor, module, chip, or chip system within the second device that implements the method.
  • the second device receives a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU).
  • the first PPDU includes bandwidth field indication information and puncturing field indication information.
  • the bandwidth field indication information indicates that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the puncturing field indication information indicates that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured.
  • the second device parses the first PPDU.
  • the bandwidth field indication information of the first PPDU received by the second device indicates that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the puncturing field indication information indicates that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured. Therefore, the first PPDU received by the second device actually occupies 100MHz of bandwidth, realizing 100MHz data transmission. Compared with the second device receiving PPDUs with a predefined protocol, this method can improve spectrum utilization.
  • the bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth information.
  • the first PPDUB includes a general signaling field, which includes a bandwidth field used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDUB is 100MHz.
  • the puncture field indicates information as a puncture field.
  • the first PPDU includes a general signaling field, the general signaling field packet including the puncture field, the puncture field being used to indicate that the highest 60MHz in the 160MHz band has been punctured.
  • 80MHz of 100MHz can correspond to a 996-tone resource unit (RU), and 20MHz can correspond to a 242-tone RU.
  • a 100MHz channel can include 996+242-tone multiple resource units (MRUs).
  • a 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes 996+242-tone MRUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 996+242-tone MRU.
  • 40MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to one 484-tone RU, and the remaining three 20MHz can each correspond to one 242-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel can include one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs.
  • the five 20MHz channels in the 100MHz channel can each correspond to a 242-tone RU, so the 100MHz channel can include five 242-tone RUs, for example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes five 242-tone RUs.
  • the two 40MHz channels in the 100MHz channel can each correspond to a 484-tone RU, and the other 20MHz channel can correspond to a 242-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel can include a 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs.
  • 80MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to a 996-tone RU and 20MHz can correspond to a 242-tone RU, so the 100MHz channel can include a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU.
  • 60MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to a 484+242-tone MRU, and 40MHz can correspond to a 484-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel can include a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU.
  • 60MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to one 484+242-tone MRU, and the other two 20MHz can each correspond to one 242-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel can include one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs.
  • the RU/MRU included in the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can be obtained by combining one or more RU/MRUs as defined in the protocol, which can reduce the complexity of implementation.
  • 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punched.
  • the punching field indication information is also used to indicate that 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punched, and that the 20MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or in other words, the 20MHz band is not the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band.
  • the 40MHz of the 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 484-tone MRU, and the other two 200MHz that are not punctured can each correspond to a 242-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel can include 484+242+242-tone MRUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+242+242-tone MRUs.
  • the two 40MHz channels that are not punctured in the 100MHz can each correspond to a 484-tone MRU, and the two 40MHz channels that are not punctured can be continuous or non-contiguous.
  • the 100MHz channel can include 484+484-tone MRU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+484-tone MRU, and the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU can be continuous or non-contiguous.
  • the 80MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 996-tone RU.
  • the 80MHz that is not punctured can be continuous or discontinuous, so the 100MHz channel can include a 996-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 996-tone RU, and the 996 subcarriers in the 996-tone RU can be continuous or discontinuous.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+242+242-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+484-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 996-tone RU.
  • 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punched.
  • the punching field indication information is also used to indicate that 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punched, and that the 40MHz band is within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or that the 40MHz band does not include the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band.
  • the 60MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 484+242-tone MRU, so the 100MHz channel can include a 484+242-tone MRU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include a 484+242-tone MRU.
  • each 20MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 242-tone MRU, so the 100MHz channel can include 242+242+242-tone MRUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 242+242+242-tone MRUs.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 484+242-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 242+242+242-tone MRU.
  • the transmission mode of the first PPDU is non-orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission.
  • the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission.
  • the first PPDU when the first PPDU is transmitted in Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) mode and also includes puncture field indication information, regardless of whether the puncture field indication information indicates that 20MHz of 100MHz is punctured or 40MHz of 100MHz is punctured, the lowest 80MHz of 160MHz corresponds to a 4-bit puncture indication, and the highest 80MHz corresponds to a 4-bit puncture indication, with the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 80MHz being 1000.
  • the 4-bit corresponding to the lowest 80MHz of 160MHz is used to indicate that 20MHz or 40MHz of that lowest 80MHz is punctured
  • the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 80MHz is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz of that highest 80MHz is punctured.
  • the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA), and when puncturing occurs in the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz, and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz.
  • the first, second, and third content channels each carry four resource unit allocation fields.
  • three are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs, and one is a reserved field, used to indicate puncturing information, or used to indicate reserved information.
  • the four resource unit allocation fields carried by the second content channel two are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs, and two are reserved fields, used to indicate puncturing information, or used to indicate reserved information.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block
  • the common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block
  • the common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block. That is, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels can each be located in a separate common coding block, saving overhead.
  • the first, second, and third common coding blocks each carry four resource unit allocation fields.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first and second common coding blocks
  • the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third and fourth common coding blocks
  • the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fifth and sixth common coding blocks. That is, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels can each be located in two separate common coding blocks.
  • the first, second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields.
  • the 100MHz transmitted for the first PPDU falls within the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz. This approach allows for full utilization of the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz, thereby improving spectral efficiency.
  • the 100MHz bandwidth for transmitting the first PPDU belongs to a licensed frequency band.
  • the first device can make full use of this 100MHz bandwidth to transmit information, thereby improving spectrum utilization.
  • embodiments of this application also provide a communication device.
  • This communication device has the functions of implementing some or all of the functions of the first device described in the first aspect, or implementing some or all of the functions of the first device described in the second aspect, or implementing some or all of the functions of the second device described in the third aspect, or implementing some or all of the functions of the second device described in the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device may possess some or all of the functions of the first device described in the first aspect of this application, or it may possess the functions of any one of the embodiments of this application implemented individually.
  • the functions can be implemented by hardware or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may include a processing unit and a communication unit.
  • the processing unit is configured to support the communication device in performing the corresponding functions described in the above method.
  • the communication unit is used to support communication between the communication device and other communication devices.
  • the communication device may also include a storage unit coupled to the processing unit and the communication unit, which stores necessary program instructions and data for the communication device.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit, and the device is applied to a first device;
  • the processing unit is used to generate a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU), the first PPDU including bandwidth field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information being used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz;
  • PPDU physical layer protocol data unit
  • the communication unit is used to transmit the first PPDU using a 100MHz channel.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit, and the device is applied to the first device;
  • the processing unit is used to generate a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU); the first PPDU includes bandwidth field indication information and puncturing field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information is used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the puncturing field indication information is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured.
  • PPDU physical layer protocol data unit
  • the communication unit is used to transmit the first PPDU using the remaining 100MHz channel after punching the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit, and the device is applied to a second device;
  • the communication unit is used to receive a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU), the first PPDU including bandwidth field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information being used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz;
  • PPDU physical layer protocol data unit
  • the processing unit is used to parse the first PPDU.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit, and the device is applied to a second device;
  • the communication unit is used to receive a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU); the first PPDU includes bandwidth field indication information and puncturing field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information is used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the puncturing field indication information is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured.
  • PPDU physical layer protocol data unit
  • the processing unit is used to parse the first PPDU.
  • the communication unit can be a transceiver or a communication interface
  • the storage unit can be a memory
  • the processing unit can be a processor
  • the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, the device being applied to a first device;
  • the processor is configured to generate a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU), the first PPDU including bandwidth field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information being used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz;
  • PPDU physical layer protocol data unit
  • the transceiver is used to transmit the first PPDU using a 100MHz channel.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, the device being applied to the first device;
  • the processor is used to generate a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU); the first PPDU includes bandwidth field indication information and puncturing field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information is used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the puncturing field indication information is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured.
  • PPDU physical layer protocol data unit
  • the transceiver is used to transmit the first PPDU using the remaining 100MHz channel after puncturing the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, the device being applied to a second device;
  • the transceiver is used to receive a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU), the first PPDU including bandwidth field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information being used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz;
  • PPDU physical layer protocol data unit
  • the processor is used to parse the first PPDU.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, the device being applied to a second device;
  • the transceiver is used to receive the first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU).
  • PPDU physical layer protocol data unit
  • the first PPDU includes bandwidth field indication information and punch field indication information.
  • the bandwidth field indication information is used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz
  • the punch field indication information is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punched.
  • the processor is used to parse the first PPDU.
  • the communication device is a chip or chip system.
  • the processing unit may also be a processing circuit or logic circuit; the communication unit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin, or related circuit on the chip or chip system.
  • the processor can be used for, but is not limited to, baseband-related processing, and the transceiver can be used for, but is not limited to, radio frequency transceiver.
  • These devices can be disposed on separate chips, or at least partially or entirely on the same chip.
  • the processor can be further divided into analog baseband processors and digital baseband processors.
  • the analog baseband processor can be integrated with the transceiver on the same chip, while the digital baseband processor can be disposed on a separate chip.
  • a digital baseband processor can be integrated with multiple application processors (e.g., but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.) on the same chip.
  • SoC system-on-a-chip
  • embodiments of this application also provide a processor for executing the various methods described above.
  • the processes related to sending and receiving the aforementioned information can be understood as the processor outputting the aforementioned information and the processor receiving the input information.
  • the processor When outputting the aforementioned information, the processor outputs the information to a transceiver for transmission. After being output by the processor, the information may require further processing before reaching the transceiver.
  • the transceiver receives the information and inputs it to the processor.
  • the information may require further processing before being input to the processor.
  • the transmission and reception operations involved by the processor can be more generally understood as processor output and reception, input and other operations, rather than transmission and reception operations directly performed by radio frequency circuits and antennas.
  • the processor can be a dedicated processor for executing these methods, or it can be a processor that executes computer instructions stored in memory to execute these methods, such as a general-purpose processor.
  • the memory can be a non-transitory memory, such as read-only memory (ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip or disposed on different chips. This application does not limit the type of memory or the arrangement of the memory and the processor.
  • embodiments of this application also provide a communication system including one or more access points and one or more sites.
  • the system may further include other devices/functional network elements that interact with the access points and/or sites.
  • embodiments of this application provide a computer-readable storage medium for storing instructions that, when executed by a computer, implement the method described in any one of the first to fourth aspects.
  • embodiments of this application also provide a computer program product including instructions that, when run on a computer, implement the method described in any one of the first to fourth aspects.
  • embodiments of this application provide a chip system including a processor and an interface.
  • the interface is used to acquire programs or instructions
  • the processor is used to invoke the programs or instructions to implement or support a first device in implementing the functions involved in the first aspect, or to implement or support the first device in implementing the functions involved in the second aspect, or to implement or support a second device in implementing the functions involved in the third aspect, or to implement or support a second device in implementing the functions involved in the fourth aspect.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data for the terminal.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • embodiments of this application provide a communication device, including a processor, for executing a computer program or executable instructions stored in a memory, wherein when the computer program or executable instructions are executed, the device performs a method as described in any of the possible implementations of the first to fourth aspects.
  • processor and memory are integrated together
  • the aforementioned memory is located outside the communication device.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the frame structure of an EHT MU PPDU
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of channel division
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of another channel division
  • Figure 5 is an interactive schematic diagram of a communication method provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of the frame structure of a UHR PPDU provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of a 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel division provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 19 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 20 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 21 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 22 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 23 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 24 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 25 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 26 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 27 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 28 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 29 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 30 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 31 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 32 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 33 is a schematic diagram of resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 34 is a schematic diagram of another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 35 is a schematic diagram of yet another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 36 is a schematic diagram of yet another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 37 is a schematic diagram of yet another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 38 is a schematic diagram of yet another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 39 is a schematic diagram of yet another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 40 is a schematic diagram of another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 41 is a schematic diagram of another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 42 is a schematic diagram of another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 43 is a schematic diagram of another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 44 is a schematic diagram of another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 45 is a schematic diagram of yet another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 46 is a schematic diagram of yet another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 47 is an interactive schematic diagram of another communication method provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 48 is a schematic diagram of yet another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 49 is a schematic diagram of yet another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 50 is a schematic diagram of another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 51 is a schematic diagram of another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 52 is a schematic diagram of another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 53 is a schematic diagram of another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 54 is a schematic diagram of yet another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 55 is an interactive schematic diagram of another communication method provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 56 is a schematic diagram of a polymerized PPDU provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 57 is a schematic diagram of another polymerized PPDU provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 58 is a schematic diagram of another polymerized PPDU provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 59 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 60 is a schematic diagram of another communication device provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG 1 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • This system architecture may include one or more access points (APs) and one or more stations (STAs).
  • APs access points
  • STAs stations
  • the number and configuration of devices shown in Figure 1 are for illustrative purposes only and do not constitute a limitation on the embodiments of this application.
  • the system architecture shown in Figure 1 is illustrated using AP1, AP2, STA1, STA2, and STA3, with AP1 and AP2 providing wireless services to STA1, STA2, and STA3 as an example.
  • AP1 and AP2 are examples of base stations
  • STA1, STA2, and STA3 are examples of mobile phones.
  • This application applies to data communication between one or more APs and one or more STAs, and also to communication between APs and between STAs.
  • the communication systems applicable to the embodiments of this application are wireless local area networks (WLANs) or cellular networks, or other wireless communication systems that support parallel transmission across multiple links.
  • WLANs wireless local area networks
  • This application primarily uses a network deploying IEEE 802.11 as an example for illustration, but the various aspects involved can be extended to other networks employing various standards or protocols, such as Bluetooth, high-performance radio LAN (HIPERLAN) (a wireless standard similar to IEEE 802.11, primarily used in Europe), wide area networks (WANs), personal area networks (PANs), or other networks now known or to be developed in the future. Therefore, regardless of the coverage area and wireless access protocol used, the various aspects provided in this application can be applied to any suitable wireless network.
  • HIPERLAN high-performance radio LAN
  • WANs wide area networks
  • PANs personal area networks
  • the STA has wireless transceiver capabilities, supports the 802.11 series of protocols, and can communicate with the AP or other STAs.
  • the STA can be any user communication device that allows users to communicate with the AP and subsequently with the WLAN, including but not limited to: tablets, desktops, laptops, notebooks, ultra-mobile personal computers (UMPCs), handheld computers, netbooks, personal digital assistants (PDAs), mobile phones, and other network-connected user devices; IoT nodes in the Internet of Things (IoT); or in-vehicle communication devices in the Internet of Vehicles (IoV).
  • the STA can also be the chip and processing system within these terminals.
  • the AP is a device that provides services to the STA and can support the 802.11 series of protocols.
  • the AP can be a communication server, router, switch, bridge, or other communication entity.
  • the AP can include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, etc.
  • the AP can also be the chip and processing system in these various forms of devices, thereby realizing the methods and functions of this embodiment.
  • the scenario in the embodiments disclosed in this application is illustrated by taking the scenario of wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network in wireless communication network as an example. It should be noted that the solution in the embodiments disclosed in this application can also be applied to other wireless communication networks, and the corresponding name can also be replaced by the name of the corresponding function in other wireless communication networks.
  • Wi-Fi wireless fidelity
  • PPDU Physical layer protocol data unit
  • PPDU can also be called physical layer data packet or data packet.
  • the data field of PPDU carries media protocol data unit (MPDU) and medium access control layer protocol data unit (MAC PDU), which are commonly referred to as medium access control (MAC) frames, such as data frames, acknowledgment frames, trigger frames, beacon frames, etc.
  • MPDU media protocol data unit
  • MAC PDU medium access control layer protocol data unit
  • data frames acknowledgment frames
  • trigger frames trigger frames
  • EHT MU PPDU Extremely high throughput multiple user physical layer protocol data unit
  • EHT MU PPDU is a PPDU defined in 802.11be, where EHT is the standard name of 802.11be, and MU stands for multi-user, but it can support data transmission between single-user and multi-user.
  • An EHT MU PPDU includes a preamble, a data field, and a packet extension (PE).
  • the preamble includes traditional preambles: a legacy short training field (L-SFT), a legacy long training field (L-LTF), and a legacy signal field (L-SIG), used to ensure coexistence between new and legacy devices.
  • L-SIG contains a length field, which indirectly indicates the duration of the portion following the L-SIG in the EHT MU PPDU.
  • the traditional preamble also includes repeated L-SIGs (RL-SIG) to enhance the reliability of the legacy signal field.
  • the preamble includes a universal signal field (U-SIG), which exists in the PPDU of the 802.11be standard and several subsequent generations of standards.
  • U-SIG indicates which generation of standard the PPDU belongs to (EHT PPDU or later). If the PPDU is an EHT MU PPDU, then an EHT-SIG also exists after the U-SIG.
  • EHT-STF extreme high throughput short training field
  • EHT-LTF extreme high throughput long training field
  • the U-SIG field of the EHT MU PPDU includes a bandwidth field, the contents of which can be found in Table 1 below:
  • the first symbol in the U-SIG field is the symbol corresponding to the bandwidth field. This symbol is used to indicate the bandwidth of the EHT MU PPDU.
  • bits B3-B5 in this symbol are set to 0 to 5 respectively, it indicates that the bandwidth of the EHT MU PPDU is 20MHz, 40MHz, 80MHz, 160MHz, 320-1MHz, and 320-2MHz respectively.
  • the reserved/unused bits or the reserved/unused status (entry) of a certain (sub)field in the signaling field are divided into two types: Disregard and Validate, which can also be called ignore, verification, etc. For example, when the bandwidth field in Table 1 is set to 6 or 7, it is Validate, indicating a reserved/unused status.
  • the channel for transmitting EHT MU PPDUs supports puncturation.
  • the punctured channel information field is also located in the U-SIG field. This field indicates the puncturation status of each 20MHz sub-channel within the PPDU transmission channel.
  • the punctured channel information field can also be called a preamble puncturation indicator or simply a punctured field.
  • the contents of the EHT MU PPDU's punctured channel information field are shown in Table 2 below.
  • Table 3 contains the puncturing channel information field of the U-SIG field in the EHT MU PPDU when using non-OFDMA transmission.
  • a 4-bit interval is used every 80MHz to indicate the puncturing mode of the channel transmitting the EHT MU PPDU.
  • the value of the bandwidth field is set to the rightmost column of Table 3, which corresponds to the meaning of the middle two columns.
  • different values in the bandwidth field represent different puncturing patterns for that bandwidth. For example, if the PPDU bandwidth is 80MHz and the bandwidth field value is set to 2, it indicates that the second 20MHz channel within the 80MHz bandwidth is punctured in order from low to high frequency; if the PPDU bandwidth is 80MHz and the bandwidth field value is set to 3, it indicates that the third 20MHz channel within the 80MHz bandwidth is punctured in order from low to high frequency.
  • WLAN standards have evolved from 802.11a/b/g, through 802.11n, 802.11ac (Wi-Fi 5), 802.11ax (Wi-Fi 6), 802.11be (Wi-Fi 7), and are currently under discussion for 802.11bn (Wi-Fi 8).
  • 802.11n Prior to 802.11n, the standard defined a 20MHz bandwidth. 802.11ac and 802.11ax further expanded this to 40MHz, 80MHz, 160MHz, and 80MHz+80MHz. In 802.11be, the 80MHz+80MHz bandwidth was removed, and a 320MHz bandwidth was further defined, specifically two 320MHz bandwidth categories: 320MHz-1 and 320MHz-2.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of channel partitioning.
  • the channel in the 6GHz band can be divided into sub-channels with bandwidths of 80MHz, 160MHz, and 320MHz.
  • the 320MHz sub-channels include the 320MHz-1 sub-channel with center frequencies of 31, 95, and 159 and the 320MHz-2 sub-channel with center frequencies of 63, 127, and 191.
  • the 80MHz band in Figure 3 can be further composed of four 20MHz bands, where the first and second 20MHz bands, or the third and fourth 20MHz bands, can form a 40MHz band.
  • Figure 4 shows another channel allocation diagram. Specifically, Figure 4 shows a channel allocation diagram for the 5 GHz spectrum.
  • the low-frequency portion of 5 GHz (including UNII-1 and UNII-2A), usually called 5.1 GHz, contains a maximum of 160 MHz of channels, and the standard defines spectrum resources with a bandwidth of 160 MHz.
  • the high-frequency portion of 5 GHz usually called 5.8 GHz
  • the standard defines a maximum PPDU bandwidth of 80 MHz and below, resulting in the 5.8 GHz spectrum not being fully utilized.
  • the first device can be an Access Point (AP) and the second device can be a Switching Station (STA).
  • AP Access Point
  • STA Switching Station
  • the first device can be a STA and the second device can be an AP.
  • the first device and the second device can be different APs.
  • the first device and the second device can be different STAs.
  • FIG. 1 This application provides a communication method 100, and Figure 5 is an interactive schematic diagram of the communication method 100.
  • the communication method 100 is described from the perspective of the interaction between a first device and a second device.
  • the communication method 100 includes, but is not limited to, the following steps:
  • the first device generates a first PPDU, the first PPDU including bandwidth field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information being used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz, which can be either: the bandwidth occupied by the first PPDU is 100MHz, or the channel for transmitting the first PPDU is 100MHz.
  • the first PPDU includes general signaling field indication information, which includes bandwidth field indication information.
  • the general signaling field indication information can be a general signaling field
  • the bandwidth field indication information can be a bandwidth field. That is, the first PPDU may include U-SIG, and U-SIG may include a bandwidth field, which indicates that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz.
  • the first PPDU includes a U-SIG, which includes a bandwidth field.
  • the value of the bandwidth field is set to 6 or 7.
  • Table 4 shows the meaning of different values for the bandwidth field of the PPDU. For instance, as shown in Table 4, when the value of the bandwidth field of the first PPDU is set to 6, it indicates that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz; when the value of the bandwidth field of the first PPDU is set to 7, it is a confirmation field, indicating a reserved/unused state.
  • setting the value of the bandwidth field in Table 4 to 7 indicates that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz; setting the value of the bandwidth field in Table 4 to 6 is a confirmation field, indicating a reserved/unused state.
  • the first device can directly use the bandwidth field defined in U-SIG to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz, thereby reducing indication overhead and complexity.
  • the bandwidth field indication information is an extended bandwidth field.
  • This extended bandwidth field is obtained by expanding upon the existing bandwidth field in the U-SIG, as well as some or all of the confirmation and ignore bits in the U-SIG.
  • the value of the extended bandwidth field can be greater than or equal to 8.
  • the first device expands the existing bandwidth field in the U-SIG, along with some of the confirmation and ignore bits, to obtain an extended bandwidth field of 4 bits. Therefore, the extended bandwidth field can indicate a value from 0 to 15, and the first device can use any value from 6 to 15 to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz.
  • the first device can also indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz based on the bandwidth field already present in the U-SIG, as well as the confirmation bit and ignore bit. This method makes the bandwidth indication of the first PPDU more flexible.
  • the first PPDU is an Ultra High Reliability Physical Layer Protocol Data Unit (UHR PPDU), which is the PPDU in 802.11bn, i.e., the PPDU in the Wi-Fi 8 standard.
  • UHR PPDU Ultra High Reliability Physical Layer Protocol Data Unit
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of the frame structure of a UHR PPDU.
  • the UHR PPDU includes: an L-STF field for PPDU discovery, coarse synchronization, and automatic gain control; an L-LTF field for fine synchronization and channel estimation; L-SIG and RL-SIG fields for carrying signaling information related to the PPDU length, ensuring coexistence; the repetition of L-SIG and RL-SIG is also used for automatic detection at the receiver; a U-SIG field for carrying signaling for demodulating subsequent data; a vendor-specific SIG (VS-SIG) field for carrying vendor-specific signaling information; this field may be absent; and an Ultra High Reliability signaling field.
  • the signal field (UHR-SIG) is used to carry signaling for demodulating subsequent data.
  • This field may not exist, for example, it may not exist in a UHR TB PPDU; the ultra-high reliability short training field (UHR-STF) is used for automatic gain control; the ultra-high reliability long training field (UHR-LTF) is used for channel estimation; the data field is used to carry data information; and the PE field is used to increase the receiver's processing time.
  • UHR-STF ultra-high reliability short training field
  • UHR-LTF ultra-high reliability long training field
  • the data field is used to carry data information
  • the PE field is used to increase the receiver's processing time.
  • the frame structure of the UHR PPDU may also be different from the frame structure shown in Figure 6. This application does not limit the frame structure of the UHR PPDU.
  • the first PPDU can be a PPDU from a standard later than 802.11bn, but this application does not limit this embodiment.
  • the following description uses a UHR PPDU as the first PPDU.
  • the first PPDU's transmission modes include non-OFDMA transmission and OFDMA transmission.
  • Transmission mode 1.1 non-OFDMA transmission.
  • non-OFDMA transmission all frequency domain resources within the entire 100MHz bandwidth are allocated as a whole to a user or a group of users for transmission. This can be further divided into single-user transmission or multi-user multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO) transmission.
  • MU-MIMO multi-user multiple-input multiple-output
  • the MRU in the 100MHz channel needs to be redefined. Furthermore, the 100MHz channel may or may not be punctured. If puncturing occurs, either 20MHz or 40MHz of the 100MHz channel can be punctured. Therefore, the following describes the implementation of the 100MHz channel in non-OFDMA transmission for scenarios where there are no puncturing, 20MHz is punctured, and 40MHz is punctured:
  • the 100MHz band has no holes, indicating that the entire 100MHz band can be used for data transmission.
  • the 100MHz channel when there are no puncturing operations in the 100MHz band, the lowest 80MHz band can correspond to a 996-tone RU, and the highest 20MHz band can correspond to a 242-tone RU. Therefore, if there are no puncturing operations in the 100MHz band, the 100MHz channel can include 996+242-tone MRUs; for example, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes 996+242-tone MRUs.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of a 100MHz channel partition. The 100MHz channel in Figure 7 has no puncturing operations, and this 100MHz channel includes 996+242-tone MRUs.
  • the UHR-STF, UHR-LTF, Data, and PE in the first PPDU can be referred to as the UHR modulation part and transmitted in a 996+242-tone MRU.
  • One possible implementation includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following channels, including a 996+242-tone MRU: a 160MHz channel, a 240MHz channel, a 320MHz channel, a 480MHz channel, and a 640MHz channel. That is, the 996+242-tone MRU can be an MRU format across multiple channels.
  • the 100MHz channel can include 484+484+242-tone MRU, or it can include 484+242+242+242-tone MRU, or it can include 242+242+242+242-tone MRU, where the 242-tone RU is a RU corresponding to a 20MHz channel in the 100MHz channel, and the 484-tone RU is a RU corresponding to a 40MHz channel in the 100MHz channel.
  • the puncturing of 20MHz within the 100MHz channel could mean that a 20MHz sub-channel within the 100MHz channel is punctured, for example, the 20MHz sub-channel within the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU is punctured.
  • the first PPDU also includes puncture field indication information.
  • This puncture field indication information is used to indicate that 20MHz within the 100MHz band is punctured.
  • This 20MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or in other words, the punctured 20MHz band is not the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band. Therefore, when 20MHz within the 100MHz band is punctured, the first to fourth 20MHz bands within the 100MHz band can be punctured in ascending order of frequency, or in other words, the first to fourth 20MHz sub-channels within the 100MHz channel can be punctured, resulting in a total of four puncturing modes.
  • the punch field indicator information is a punch field.
  • the first PPDU includes a U-SIG, where the U-SIG includes the punch field.
  • a value of 0 in the punch field indicates that there are no punches in the 100MHz channel; a value of 1 indicates that the first 20MHz from low to high frequency in the 100MHz channel is punched; a value of 3 indicates that the second 20MHz from low to high frequency in the 100MHz channel is punched; and a value of 4 indicates that the third 20MHz from low to high frequency in the 100MHz channel is punched. Therefore, values of 1 to 4 in the punch field represent different 20MHz segments within the lowest 80MHz range of the 100MHz channel that are punched.
  • the 100MHz channel can include a 484+242+242-tone MRU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+242+242-tone MRU.
  • the larger RU is usually placed at the front of the MRUs.
  • the placement of the larger RU and the smaller RUs does not represent their positions within the 100MHz channel.
  • the larger RU can be located before, after, or between multiple smaller RUs.
  • the 484-tone RU may be located before, after, or between the two 242-tone RUs. This embodiment does not limit the position of the 484-tone RU relative to the two 242-tone RUs.
  • the 484 subcarriers may be located before, after, or between the two 242 subcarriers. This embodiment does not limit the position of the 484 subcarriers relative to the two 242 subcarriers.
  • Figures 8 to 11 are schematic diagrams of a 100MHz channel partitioning.
  • the first 20MHz of the 100MHz channel is punctured, and the 100MHz channel includes a 484+242+242-tone MRU, with the 484 subcarriers positioned before the two 242-tone subcarriers.
  • the second 20MHz of the 100MHz channel is punctured, and the 100MHz channel includes a 484+242+242-tone MRU, with the 484 subcarriers positioned between the two 242-tone subcarriers.
  • the third 20MHz of the 100MHz channel is punctured, and the 100MHz channel includes a 484+242+242-tone MRU, with the 484 subcarriers positioned before the two 242-tone subcarriers.
  • the fourth 20MHz in the 100MHz channel is punctured.
  • the 100MHz channel includes a 484+242+242-tone MRU, and the 484 subcarriers are located before the two 242 subcarriers.
  • the RU corresponding to the highest 20MHz in the 100MHz range can be considered as an extension based on the 80MHz range already defined in the protocol. Therefore, for the 100MHz channels shown in Figures 8 to 11, the 100MHz channel includes 484+242+242-tone MRUs, which can also be replaced with: the 100MHz channel includes (484+242)+242-tone MRUs.
  • the 484 subcarriers in the 484+242+242-tone MRU exist within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz, for example, in the 100MHz channel shown in Figures 8 to 11 above, where the 484 subcarriers exist within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz.
  • the 100MHz channel comprises a 484+242+242-tone MRU
  • the 484 subcarriers within the 484+242+242-tone MRU exist within the highest 40MHz of the 100MHz channel.
  • the 100MHz channel comprises a 484+242+242-tone MRU
  • the 484-tone RU can be defined across 80MHz, or the 484 subcarriers can be defined across 80MHz, thus allowing for more flexible resource utilization.
  • Figures 12, 13, and 14 are schematic diagrams of a 100MHz channel partitioning.
  • the first, second, and third 20MHz bands within the 100MHz band are punched, and the highest 40MHz band corresponds to a 484-tone RU, while the lowest 60MHz band corresponds to a 242+242-tone MRU. Therefore, in Figures 12 to 14, the 100MHz channel includes 484+242+242-tone MRUs, with the 484-tone RUs defined across 80MHz bands.
  • each consecutive 40MHz segment that is not punctured corresponds to a 484-tone MRU, thus forming a 484+484-tone MRU. That is, the 100MHz channel includes 484+484-tone MRUs; for example, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+484-tone MRUs.
  • the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU can be consecutive or non-consecutive; or, the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU can be consecutive or non-consecutive.
  • the 100MHz channel includes 484+484-tone MRUs, and one of the consecutive 484 subcarriers is located within the highest 40MHz segment of the 100MHz channel, then these consecutive 484 subcarriers can be considered to span an 80MHz range, allowing for more flexible resource utilization.
  • Figures 15 and 16 are schematic diagrams of a 100MHz channel partitioning. As shown in Figure 15, the lowest 20MHz in the 100MHz channel is punctured. The combination of the second and third 20MHz in the 100MHz channel corresponds to a 484-tone MRU, and the combination of the fourth and fifth 20MHz corresponds to another 484-tone MRU, together forming a 484+484-tone MRU. The two 484 subcarriers are consecutive, thus the 100MHz channel includes a 484+484-tone MRU, and the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU are consecutive. The 484 subcarriers located in the high-frequency band are defined across 80MHz.
  • the third 20MHz in the 100MHz band is punctured.
  • the combination of the first and second 20MHz in the 100MHz band corresponds to a 484-tone MRU
  • the combination of the fourth and fifth 20MHz bands corresponds to another 484-tone MRU. Together, they form a 484+484-tone MRU, and the two 484 subcarriers are non-contiguous.
  • the 100MHz channel includes a 484+484-tone MRU, and the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU are non-contiguous.
  • the 484 subcarriers located in the high-frequency band are defined across 80MHz.
  • One possible implementation involves puncturing 20MHz of a 100MHz channel, resulting in a 484+484-tone MRU.
  • one of the 484 subcarriers is formed by combining two discontinuous 242 subcarriers.
  • Figures 17 and 18 illustrate one such 100MHz channel partitioning.
  • the first and third 20MHz subcarriers can form a discontinuous 484-tone RU, where the 484 subcarriers are composed of two discontinuous 242 subcarriers.
  • the fourth and fifth 20MHz subcarriers form a continuous 484-tone RU, thus creating a 484+484-tone MRU.
  • the 484 subcarriers in the higher frequency band are defined across an 80MHz band.
  • the fourth 20MHz in the 100MHz is punched.
  • the first 20MHz and the second 20MHz can form a continuous 484-tone RU
  • the third 20MHz and the fifth 20MHz can form a discontinuous 484-tone RU, which can also form a 484+484-tone MRU.
  • the 100MHz channel when 20MHz of the 100MHz channel is punctured, the remaining 80MHz that is not punctured corresponds to a 996-tone RU. Therefore, the 100MHz channel includes a 996-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a 996-tone RU.
  • the 996 subcarriers in this 996-tone RU can be continuous or non-contiguous; for example, the 996 subcarriers in this 996-tone RU can be composed of two non-contiguous subcarriers totaling 484 subcarriers.
  • Figures 19 and 20 are schematic diagrams of a 100MHz channel partitioning.
  • the first 20MHz of the 100MHz channel is punctured, and the consecutive 80MHz without puncturing corresponds to a 996-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel includes a 996-tone RU, and the 996 subcarriers within this 996-tone RU are consecutive.
  • the 996-tone RU is also defined across 80MHz, allowing for more flexible resource utilization.
  • the third 20MHz band within the 100MHz band is punctured.
  • the combination of the first and second 20MHz bands corresponds to a 484 subcarrier
  • the combination of the fourth and fifth 20MHz bands also corresponds to a 484 subcarrier.
  • Two non-contiguous 484 subcarriers can form a non-contiguous virtual 996 subcarrier, i.e., a 996-tone RU.
  • the subcarriers in the high-frequency band within the 996-tone RU are defined across 80MHz bands, allowing for more flexible resource utilization.
  • the 100MHz channel includes 484+242+242-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel includes 484+484-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel includes 996-tone RU.
  • 40MHz of the 100MHz channel is punctured, meaning that 40MHz of that 100MHz channel has been removed and cannot be used for data transmission. Therefore, 60MHz of that 100MHz channel is actually available for data transmission.
  • the 40MHz puncturing of the 100MHz channel could mean that a 40MHz sub-channel within the 100MHz channel is punctured, for example, the 40MHz sub-channel within the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU is punctured.
  • the first PPDU also includes a punch field indication information.
  • This information indicates that 40MHz within the 100MHz band is punched.
  • This 40MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or in other words, the punched 40MHz band does not include the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band. Therefore, when 40MHz within the 100MHz band is punched, a consecutive 40MHz band from the first to the fourth 20MHz bands of the 100MHz band can be punched, and there are a total of three punch patterns.
  • the punch field indicates information as a punch field.
  • the first PPDU includes a U-SIG, where the U-SIG includes a punch field; the meaning of the punch field can be found in Table 5 above.
  • the 100MHz channel when 40MHz of the 100MHz channel is punctured, one consecutive 40MHz that is not punctured corresponds to a 484-tone RU, and one 20MHz that is not punctured corresponds to a 242-tone RU, thus forming a 484+242-tone MRU. That is, the 100MHz channel can include 484+242-tone MRUs.
  • the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+242-tone MRUs.
  • Figures 21 to 23 are schematic diagrams of a 100MHz channel partition.
  • the 100MHz channel includes 484+242-tone MRUs, where the 484-tone RU is the RU corresponding to one consecutive 40MHz that is not punctured, and the 242-tone RU is the RU corresponding to one 20MHz that is not punctured.
  • its 484-tone RU is defined across 80MHz, allowing for more flexible use of resources.
  • each 20MHz that is not punctured corresponds to a 242-tone RU, thus forming a 242+242+242-tone MRU. That is, the 100MHz channel can include 242+242+242-tone MRUs.
  • the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU can include 242+242+242-tone MRUs.
  • Figures 24 to 26 are schematic diagrams of a 100MHz channel partition.
  • each 242-tone RU is the RU corresponding to each 20MHz that is not punctured within the 100MHz channel.
  • any two 242-tone MRUs can also form a 484-tone RU, including two 242-tone RUs located in different 80MHz ranges.
  • the 242-tone RU corresponding to the first 20MHz range in Figure 25 and the 242-tone RU corresponding to the fourth 20MHz range can form a non-contiguous 484 subcarrier, i.e., form a 484-tone RU, thus making the 100MHz channel include 484+242-tone MRUs, where the 484 subcarriers are non-contiguous.
  • the 100MHz channel includes 484+242-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel includes 242+242+242-tone MRU.
  • the puncture field shown in Table 5 above can indicate the allocation method of the 100MHz channel, or in other words, it can indicate the RU/MRU included in the 100MHz channel.
  • the puncture mode indicated by the puncture field of the first PPDU can correspond to the RU/MRU included in the 100MHz channel.
  • Transmission mode 1.2 OFDMA transmission.
  • the first device can allocate frequency domain resources to different users. Therefore, the first device can directly use the RU or MRU types already defined in the protocol without defining new RU or MRU types, reducing implementation complexity. Alternatively, the first device could redefine the RU or MRU types to allow for more flexible resource utilization and user scheduling.
  • the 100MHz channel may or may not have puncturing.
  • Punuring is present in the 100MHz channel, either 20MHz or 40MHz of that 100MHz channel is punctured.
  • the following describes the implementation of the 100MHz channel in OFDMA transmission mode for scenarios with no puncturing, 20MHz of that 100MHz channel being punctured, and 40MHz of that 100MHz channel being punctured:
  • the entire 100MHz band can be used for information transmission.
  • the first device does not need to redefine a new RU or MRU; for example, it can directly allocate resources within 80MHz of the 100MHz band to one or more users, and allocate resources within the remaining 20MHz band to one or more other users.
  • the 100MHz band may include one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs.
  • the first device defines the 484+242-tone MRU across 80MHz, allowing for more flexible resource utilization.
  • Figure 27 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning. As shown in Figure 27, the 100MHz channel includes one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs, where the 484+242-tone MRU corresponding to the highest 60MHz in the 100MHz band is defined across 80MHz.
  • the 100MHz channel when there is no puncturing in the 100MHz channel, may include one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU may include one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs.
  • Figure 28 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning. As shown in Figure 28, the 100MHz channel includes one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel when there is no puncturing in the 100MHz channel, may include five 242-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU may include five 242-tone RUs.
  • Figure 29 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning. As shown in Figure 29, the 100MHz channel includes five 242-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel when there is no puncturing in the 100MHz channel, may include one 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes one 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs.
  • Figure 30 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning. As shown in Figure 30, the 100MHz channel includes one 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel may include a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU.
  • Figure 31 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning. As shown in Figure 31, the 100MHz channel includes a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU. In addition, in the 100MHz channel shown in Figure 31, the 996-tone RU is defined across 80MHz, allowing for more flexible resource utilization.
  • the 100MHz channel may include a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU.
  • Figure 32 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning. As shown in Figure 32, the 100MHz channel includes a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU. Furthermore, in the 100MHz channel shown in Figure 32, the 484-tone RU located in the high-frequency band is defined across 80MHz, allowing for more flexible resource utilization.
  • the first device when there is no puncturing in the 100MHz band and no new RU or MRU type is defined, the first device can directly adopt the already defined RU or MRU type and divide the 100MHz channel according to the methods shown in Figures 28, 29, and 30 above, to reduce implementation complexity.
  • the first device when there is no puncturing in the 100MHz band, the first device can also define RUs across 80MHz as shown in Figures 27, 31, and 32, thus allowing for more flexible resource utilization.
  • the first PPDU also includes a punch field indication information, which indicates that 20MHz of the 100MHz band has been punched, and the 20MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band.
  • the meaning of the punch field indication information and the punching mode can be found in scenario 1.12 above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the specific format of the puncturing field indication information in this scenario differs from that in Scenario 1.12.
  • the lowest 80MHz within 100MHz corresponds to a 4-bit puncturing indication
  • the highest 20MHz corresponds to a 4-bit puncturing indication
  • the 4-bit value corresponding to the highest 20MHz is 1111.
  • the 4-bit value corresponding to the lowest 80MHz within 100MHz indicates the puncturing status of 20MHz within that lowest 80MHz
  • the 1111 value corresponding to the highest 20MHz indicates that the highest 20MHz is not punctured.
  • the puncture field indicator information is a puncture field
  • the meaning of the puncture field can be found in Table 6 below:
  • the value -1 represents a 4-bit segment corresponding to the lowest 80MHz within the 100MHz range
  • the value -2 represents a 4-bit segment corresponding to the highest 20MHz within the 100MHz range.
  • the value of the value -1 indicates the puncturing pattern of the 20MHz segment within the lowest 80MHz range. For example, a value of 0111 indicates that the lowest 20MHz segment within that 80MHz range is punctured. A value of 1111 for the value -2 indicates that the highest 20MHz segment within the 100MHz range is not punctured, thus ensuring the transmission resources of the 100MHz range.
  • the channel allocation method for the 100MHz band can be found in Scenario 1.12 above.
  • the 100MHz channel includes 484+242+242-tone MRUs, such as the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU including 484+242+242-tone MRUs.
  • the 100MHz channel includes 484+484-tone MRUs, such as the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU including 484+484-tone MRUs, where the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU can be consecutive or non-consecutive.
  • the 100MHz channel when 20MHz of 100MHz is punched, the 100MHz channel includes a 996-tone RU.
  • the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU may include a 996-tone RU, where the 996 subcarriers in the 996-tone RU may be continuous or discontinuous.
  • the first PPDU also includes a punch field indication information, which indicates that 40MHz of the 100MHz band has been punched, and the 40MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band.
  • the meaning of the punch field indication information and the punching mode can be found in scenario 1.13 above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the specific format of the puncturing field indication information in this method differs from that in scenario 1.13.
  • the lowest 80MHz within 100MHz corresponds to a 4-bit puncturing indication
  • the highest 20MHz corresponds to a 4-bit puncturing indication, with the 4-bit value corresponding to the highest 20MHz being 1111.
  • the 4-bit value corresponding to the lowest 80MHz within 100MHz indicates the puncturing status of 40MHz within that lowest 80MHz
  • the 1111 value corresponding to the highest 20MHz indicates that the highest 20MHz is not punctured.
  • the puncturing field indication information is a puncturing field
  • the various cases in which the puncturing field indicates that 40MHz of 100MHz is punctured can be seen in Table 6 above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the channel allocation method for the 100MHz band can be found in Scenario 1.13 above.
  • the 100MHz channel can include 484+242-tone MRUs, such as the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU.
  • the 100MHz channel can include 242+242+242-tone MRUs, such as the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU.
  • the punched field shown in Table 6 above can indicate the division method of the 100MHz channel, or in other words, it can indicate the RU/MRU included in the 100MHz channel.
  • RU Allocation Resource Unit Allocation
  • This RU Allocation field is used to allocate RUs or MRUs to users and to indicate the number of users corresponding to the allocated RUs or MRUs.
  • each CC is carried within a 20MHz band.
  • the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz, and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz.
  • the first PPDU includes a UHR-SIG, where the UHR-SIG includes the first and second content channels in the lower 80MHz, and the third content channel in the upper 20MHz.
  • the first content channel and the third content channel each carry three resource unit allocation fields
  • the second content channel carries two resource unit allocation fields.
  • the resource unit allocation fields carried by the first content channel, the second content channel, and the third content channel are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU.
  • the first content channel is CC1
  • the second content channel is CC2
  • the third content channel is CC3.
  • CC1 and CC2 are the CCs included in the lower 80MHz of a 100MHz channel
  • CC3 is the CC included in the upper 20MHz of a 100MHz channel.
  • Figure 33 is a schematic diagram of resource unit allocation information. As shown in Figure 33, UHR-SIG includes CC1, CC2, and CC3, and within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz channel, it is a repeating pattern of CC1, CC2, CC1, CC2.
  • CC1 and CC2 carry RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#2, RU Allocation#3, RU Allocation#4, and RU Allocation#5 sequentially from low to high frequency.
  • CC1 carries RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5
  • CC2 carries RU Allocation#2 and RU Allocation#4.
  • the RU Allocation carried by CC3 is the same as the RU Allocation carried by CC1, i.e., CC3 carries RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5.
  • Each RU Allocation carried by CC1, CC2, and CC3 is used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs.
  • CC1 and CC3 need to indicate consistent RU or MRU allocations, including the size and location of the RUs or MRUs.
  • the number of users indicated by each RU Allocation carried by CC3 may not be the same as the number of users indicated by each RU Allocation carried by CC1; for example, the number of users indicated by RU Allocation#1 carried by CC3 may not be the same as the number of users indicated by RU Allocation#1 carried by CC1.
  • the number of users indicated by each RU Allocation carried by CC3 may be the same as the number of users indicated by each RU Allocation carried by CC1; for example, the number of users indicated by RU Allocation#1 carried by CC3 may be the same as the number of users indicated by RU Allocation#1 carried by CC1. In this method, CC1 and CC3 are the same.
  • each CC also carries a cyclic redundancy code (CRC) and a tail.
  • CRC cyclic redundancy code
  • the CRC is used to verify whether the bits of the coded block have been transmitted correctly.
  • the tail is the end of the code; setting the tail to 0 terminates the grid of the convolutional decoder.
  • the end of the tail in each CC can mark the end of a field, and this field can be called the common field of the CC.
  • each CC also carries a U-SIG overflow field, which is used to carry common information that U-SIG cannot carry.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block
  • the common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block
  • the common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block.
  • the first and third common coding blocks each carry three resource unit allocation fields
  • the second common coding block carries two resource unit allocation fields.
  • the first and third content channels each carry three resource unit allocation fields
  • the second content channel carries two resource unit allocation fields
  • the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels are each located in a single common coding block. This approach saves on CRC and Tail overhead.
  • Figures 34 to 36 are schematic diagrams of resource unit allocation information.
  • the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5 carried by CC1 are located in common coding block 11.
  • the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#2 and RU Allocation#4 carried by CC2 are located in common coding block 21.
  • the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5 carried by CC3 are located in common coding block 31.
  • Figures 34 to 36 also include user coding blocks, such as user coding block 11.
  • This user coding block carries a user identifier, and the user identifier corresponds to the RU or MRU allocation indicated by the RU Allocation carried by the common coding block.
  • the RU or MRU allocations indicated by RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5 carried by the common coding block 11 correspond to the user identifier carried by user coding block 11.
  • the RU or MRU allocations indicated by RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5 carried by the common coding block 11 are allocated to the user corresponding to the user identifier carried by user coding block 11.
  • the user coding blocks and common coding blocks in the following resource unit allocation information diagrams have the same understanding and will not be elaborated further.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first and second common coding blocks
  • the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third common coding block
  • the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fourth and fifth common coding blocks.
  • the first, third, and fourth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields
  • the second and fifth common coding blocks each carry one resource unit allocation field.
  • the first and third content channels each carry three resource unit allocation fields
  • the second content channel carries two resource unit allocation fields
  • the common fields of the first and third content channels are located in two separate common coding blocks
  • the common fields of the second content channel are located in one common coding block.
  • Figures 37 to 39 are schematic diagrams of resource unit allocation information.
  • the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1 and RU Allocation#3 carried by CC1 are located in common coding block 11, and the common field corresponding to RU Allocation#5 carried by CC1 is located in common coding block 12.
  • the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#2 and RU Allocation#4 carried by CC2 are located in common coding block 21.
  • the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1 and RU Allocation#3 carried by CC3 are located in common coding block 31, and the common field corresponding to RU Allocation#5 carried by CC1 is located in common coding block 32.
  • the first content channel and the third content channel each carry three resource unit allocation fields
  • the second content channel carries two resource unit allocation fields.
  • the resource unit allocation fields carried by the first content channel, the second content channel, and the third content channel are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU
  • the common fields of the first content channel, the second content channel, and the third content channel are each located in one common coding block, or the common fields of the first content channel and the third content channel are each located in two common coding blocks, and the common field of the second content channel is located in one common coding block.
  • the first content channel, the second content channel, and the third content channel each carry three resource unit allocation fields.
  • the three resource unit allocation fields carried by the first and third content channels are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs; of the three resource unit allocation fields carried by the second content channel, two resource unit allocation fields are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs, and one resource unit allocation field is a reserved field or used to indicate punching information or reserved information.
  • the one resource unit allocation field carried by the second content channel can be replaced with a reserved field.
  • the first, second, and third content channels all carry three resource unit allocation fields, which ensures that the length of common fields in different content channels is equal, which is beneficial for the receiving end (such as the second device) to decode and parse.
  • the first content channel is CC1
  • the second content channel is CC2
  • the third content channel is CC3.
  • CC1 and CC2 are the CCs included in the lower 80MHz of the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU
  • CC3 is the CC included in the upper 20MHz of the 100MHz channel.
  • Figure 40 is a schematic diagram of another type of resource unit allocation information. As shown in Figure 40, CC1 and CC3 both carry RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5, while CC2 carries RU Allocation#2, RU Allocation#4, and RU Allocation#6.
  • the RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5 carried by CC1 and CC3, and the RU Allocation#2 and RU Allocation#4 carried by CC2, are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs.
  • the RU Allocation#6 carried by CC2 is used to indicate puncturing information or reservation information.
  • One possible implementation is that the RU Allocation#6 carried by CC2 can be replaced with a reserved field, that is, the RU Allocation#4 carried by CC2 is followed by a reserved field, not a RU Allocation field.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block
  • the common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block
  • the common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block.
  • the first, second, and third common coding blocks each carry three resource unit allocation fields.
  • the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels are each located in a single common coding block.
  • Figures 41 to 43 are schematic diagrams of resource unit allocation information.
  • the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5 carried by CC1 are located in common coding block 11.
  • the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#2, RU Allocation#4, and RU Allocation#6 or reserved fields carried by CC2 are located in common coding block 21.
  • the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5 carried by CC3 are located in common coding block 31.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first and second common coding blocks
  • the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third and fourth common coding blocks
  • the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fifth and sixth common coding blocks.
  • the first, third, and fifth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields
  • the second, fourth, and sixth common coding blocks each carry one resource unit allocation field
  • the first, third, and fifth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields
  • the second, fourth, and sixth common coding blocks each carry one reserved field.
  • the first, second, and third content channels each carry three resource unit allocation fields
  • the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels are each located in two common coding blocks.
  • Figures 44 to 46 are schematic diagrams of resource unit allocation information.
  • the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1 and RU Allocation#3 carried by CC1 are located in common coding block 11, and the common field corresponding to RU Allocation#5 carried by CC1 is located in common coding block 12.
  • the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#2 and RU Allocation#4 carried by CC2 are located in common coding block 21, and the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#6 or reserved fields carried by CC2 are located in common coding block 22.
  • the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1 and RU Allocation#3 carried by CC3 are located in common coding block 31, and the common field corresponding to RU Allocation#5 carried by CC3 is located in common coding block 32.
  • the common fields of the first content channel, the common fields of the second content channel, and the common fields of the third content channel are each located in one common coding block, or the common fields of the first content channel, the common fields of the second content channel, and the common fields of the third content channel are each located in two common coding blocks.
  • the first device transmits the first PPDU using a 100MHz channel.
  • the second device receives the first PPDU.
  • the second device analyzes the first PPDU.
  • the second device parses the first PPDU, including: reading the bandwidth field indication information of the first PPDU, and obtaining that the bandwidth occupied by the first PPDU is 100MHz through the bandwidth field indication information.
  • the second device reads the bandwidth field in the U-SIG of the first PPDU, and obtains that the bandwidth occupied by the first PPDU is 100MHz through the bandwidth field.
  • the second device further reads the puncture field indication information of the first PPDU. Through this information, it obtains the puncture status of the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU. Based on this 100MHz puncture status, it can then obtain the channel carrying the data information and retrieve the data information from that channel.
  • the second device reads the puncture field in the U-SIG of the first PPDU. Through this field, it obtains the puncture status of the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU, thereby retrieving data information from the unpunctured channel.
  • 100MHz belongs to the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz.
  • the 100MHz used to transmit the first PPDU belongs to the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz.
  • the first device can make full use of the 100MHz corresponding to the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz to transmit data, thereby maximizing the spectrum utilization of 5.8GHz, improving spectrum utilization and system throughput, and reducing latency.
  • the spectrum in the unlicensed UNII-2A band requires dynamic frequency selection (DFS) and transmit power control (TPC) to detect signals such as weather radar, which is complex and prone to false alarms. Therefore, it is difficult to use spectrum greater than 80MHz in the 5.1GHz band.
  • DFS dynamic frequency selection
  • TPC transmit power control
  • One possible implementation is to use a licensed frequency band, such as the 100MHz band used to transmit the first PPDU. This approach is suitable for environments where there is a relatively available bandwidth of 100MHz, allowing the first device to fully utilize this 100MHz for data transmission, thus improving spectrum utilization.
  • the first device in addition to sending a 100MHz PPDU to the second device, can also send a 160MHz PPDU to the second device. That is, the first device can combine multi-link operation (MLO) to utilize 160MHz of 5.1GHz for transmission and 100MHz of 5.8GHz for transmission, thereby maximizing the spectrum utilization of 5GHz.
  • MLO multi-link operation
  • the first device generates a 100MHz first PPDU and transmits the first PPDU to the second device using a 100MHz channel, thereby achieving 100MHz data transmission.
  • this method can improve spectrum utilization.
  • FIG. 1 This application also proposes a communication method 200, and Figure 47 is an interactive schematic diagram of the communication method 200.
  • the communication method 200 is also described from the perspective of the interaction between a first device and a second device.
  • the communication method 200 includes, but is not limited to, the following steps:
  • the first device generates a first PPDU, which includes bandwidth field indication information and puncture field indication information.
  • the bandwidth field indication information is used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz
  • the puncture field indication information is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured.
  • the first PPDU includes general signaling field indication information, which includes bandwidth field indication information and puncturing field indication information.
  • the general signaling field indication information can be a general signaling field
  • the bandwidth field indication information can be information used to indicate bandwidth, such as a bandwidth field indicating that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz
  • the puncturing field indication information can be information used to indicate the puncturing mode, such as a puncturing field indicating that the puncturing field is used to indicate the first PPDU.
  • the first PPDU includes a U-SIG, which includes a bandwidth field and a puncturing field.
  • the bandwidth field in the U-SIG has a value of 3, indicating that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz.
  • the puncturing field in the U-SIG indicates that up to 60MHz of the 160MHz bandwidth is punctured, so the actual bandwidth occupied by the first PPDU is 100MHz.
  • the first device can indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz through the bandwidth field in U-SIG, and indicate that the highest 60MHz of that 160MHz is punched through the punching field in U-SIG, so that the bandwidth actually occupied by the first PPDU is 100MHz.
  • the puncturing field indication information does not indicate that the highest 60MHz in 160MHz is punctured, but is used to indicate that the lowest 60MHz in 160MHz is punctured, so that the bandwidth actually occupied by the first PPDU is 100MHz.
  • the first PPDU is a UHR PPDU, which can be referred to in S101 above and will not be repeated here.
  • the first PPDU can be a PPDU from a standard later than 802.11bn; this application does not limit this implementation.
  • the following description uses a UHR PPDU as the first PPDU.
  • the first PPDU's transmission modes include non-OFDMA transmission and OFDMA transmission.
  • Transmission mode 2.1 non-OFDMA transmission.
  • the MRU in the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU needs to be redefined. Furthermore, the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU may or may not have punctured bandwidth. When the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU has punctured bandwidth, 20MHz or 40MHz of that 100MHz can be punctured. Therefore, the following describes the implementation methods for the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU in scenarios where there is no punctured bandwidth, 20MHz of that 100MHz is punctured, and 40MHz of that 100MHz is punctured:
  • Scenario 2.11 The 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU does not have any punch holes.
  • the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU has no punch holes, indicating that the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU can be used for data transmission.
  • the implementation method for the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU can be found in scenario 1.11 of the communication method 100 described above, and will not be repeated here.
  • 80MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU can correspond to a 996-tone RU
  • the maximum 20MHz can correspond to a 242-tone RU
  • the channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 996+242-tone MRU.
  • the 160MHz channel defined in the current protocol does not include the 996+242-tone MRU case.
  • the 996+242-tone MRU format is a newly defined MRU format in this application embodiment.
  • Scenario 2.12 20MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punched.
  • the puncturing field indication information of the first PPDU is also used to indicate that 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punctured.
  • This 20MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or in other words, the punctured 20MHz band is not the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band. Therefore, when 20MHz of the 100MHz band actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured, the first to fourth 20MHz bands of that 100MHz band can be punctured, resulting in a total of four puncturing modes.
  • the punch field indicates the punch field information
  • the meaning of the punch field can be found in Table 7 below:
  • the channel allocation method of the actually occupied 100MHz can be referred to the channel allocation method of 100MHz in scenario 1.12 of the above-mentioned communication method 100, or the allocation method of the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can be referred to the channel allocation method of 100MHz in scenario 1.12 of the above-mentioned communication method 100, and will not be repeated here.
  • the 100MHz when 20MHz of the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured, that 100MHz includes 484+242+242-tone MRUs. As another example, when 20MHz of the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured, that 100MHz includes 484+484-tone MRUs. As yet another example, when 20MHz of the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured, that 100MHz includes 996-tone RUs.
  • Scenario 2.13 40MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punched.
  • the puncturing field indication information of the first PPDU is also used to indicate that 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punctured.
  • This 40MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or in other words, the punctured 40MHz band does not include the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band. Therefore, when 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punctured, 40MHz bands from the first to fourth 20MHz bands of the 100MHz band can be punctured, resulting in three puncturing patterns, the specific patterns of which can be found in Table 7 above. For example, when the puncturing field value is set to 5, it indicates that the highest 60MHz band of the 160MHz band is punctured, and the lowest 40MHz band of the lowest 100MHz band of the 160MHz band is punctured.
  • the channel allocation method of the actually occupied 100MHz can be referred to the channel allocation method of 100MHz in scenario 1.13 of the above-mentioned communication method 100, or the allocation method of the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can be referred to the channel allocation method of 100MHz in scenario 1.13 of the above-mentioned communication method 100, and will not be repeated here.
  • the 100MHz channel can include a 484+242-tone MRU.
  • the 100MHz channel can include a 242+242+242-tone MRU.
  • Transmission mode 2.2 OFDMA transmission.
  • the first device can directly adopt the already defined RU or MRU type without defining a new RU or MRU type, thus reducing implementation complexity.
  • the first device can redefine the RU or MRU type to allow for more flexible resource utilization and user scheduling.
  • Scenario 2.21 The 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU does not have any vias.
  • the first device may choose not to redefine a new RU or MRU, or it may redefine a new RU or MRU.
  • the channel allocation method for the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU can be found in the 100MHz channel allocation method in scenario 1.21 of the above communication method 100, and will not be repeated here.
  • the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU includes one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU includes one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU includes five 242-tone RUs.
  • the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU may include one 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs.
  • Scenario 2.22 20MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punched.
  • the punch field indication information is also used to indicate that 20MHz within the 100MHz band has been punched, and this 20MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band.
  • the meaning of the punch field indication information and the punching mode can be found in scenario 1.12 above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the specific format of the puncturing field indication information in this method differs from that in Scenario 1.12.
  • the lowest 80MHz within the 160MHz band corresponds to a 4-bit puncturing indication
  • the highest 80MHz corresponds to a 4-bit puncturing indication
  • the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 80MHz is 1000.
  • the 4-bit corresponding to the lowest 80MHz within the 160MHz band indicates the puncturing status of 20MHz within that band
  • the 1000 corresponding to the highest 80MHz indicates that the highest 60MHz within that band is punctured and the lowest 20MHz is not.
  • there are two 4-bit puncturing indication messages for OFDMA transmission, for the first PPDU of 160MHz, there are two 4-bit puncturing indication messages.
  • One 4-bit puncturing indication message corresponds to the lowest 80MHz in 160MHz and is used to indicate the puncturing status of 20MHz in the lowest 80MHz.
  • the other bit is set to 1000 and is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz in the highest 80MHz in 160MHz is punctured and the lowest 20MHz is not punctured.
  • the value -1 represents a 4-bit segment corresponding to the lowest 80MHz within the 160MHz range
  • the value -2 represents a 4-bit segment corresponding to the highest 80MHz within the 160MHz range.
  • the value of the value -1 represents the puncturing pattern of 20MHz within the lowest 80MHz range. For example, a value of 0111 indicates that the lowest 20MHz within that lowest 80MHz range is punctured. A value of 1000 for the value -2 indicates that the highest 60MHz within the 160MHz range is punctured while the lowest 20MHz is not, thus ensuring that the first PPDU actually occupies 100MHz of bandwidth.
  • the channel allocation method for the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU can be found in the 100MHz channel allocation method in scenario 1.22 of the aforementioned communication method 100, and will not be repeated here.
  • the 100MHz channel includes 484+242+242-tone MRUs.
  • the 100MHz channel includes 484+484-tone MRUs, where the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRUs are either consecutive or non-consecutive.
  • the 100MHz channel when 20MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured, the 100MHz channel includes 996-tone RUs, where the 996 subcarriers in the 996-tone RUs are either consecutive or non-consecutive.
  • Scenario 2.23 40MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punched.
  • the punch field indication information is also used to indicate that 40MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU has been punched, and the 40MHz is located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz.
  • the meaning of the punch field indication information and the punching mode can be found in Scenario 1.23 above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the specific format of the puncturing field indication information in this method differs from that in scenario 1.13.
  • the lowest 80MHz of the first PPDU corresponds to a 4-bit puncturing indication
  • the highest 60MHz corresponds to a 4-bit puncturing indication
  • the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 60MHz being 1000.
  • the 4-bit corresponding to the lowest 80MHz within the 160MHz range indicates the puncturing status of 40MHz within that lowest 80MHz range
  • the 1000 corresponding to the highest 80MHz indicates that the highest 60MHz within that highest 80MHz range is punctured and the lowest 20MHz is not punctured.
  • there are two 4-bit puncturing indication messages for OFDMA transmission, for the first PPDU of 160MHz, there are two 4-bit puncturing indication messages.
  • One 4-bit puncturing indication message corresponds to the lowest 80MHz in 160MHz and is used to indicate the puncturing status of 40MHz in the lowest 80MHz.
  • the other bit is set to 1000 and is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz in the highest 80MHz in 160MHz is punctured and the lowest 20MHz is not punctured.
  • the puncturing field indication information is a puncturing field
  • the meaning of the puncturing field indicating that 40MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured can be found in Table 8 above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the channel allocation method for that 100MHz can be found in the 100MHz channel allocation method in Scenario 1.13 above.
  • that 100MHz channel includes 484+242-tone MRUs.
  • that 100MHz channel includes 242+242+242-tone MRUs.
  • the common portion of the UHR-SIG field contains an RU Allocation field for user RU or MRU allocation, and an indication of the number of users corresponding to the allocated RU or MRU.
  • there is one RU Allocation field for every 20MHz within the 160MHz resulting in a total of eight RU Allocation fields (labeled RU Allocation#1 to RU Allocation#8 from low to high frequency).
  • two content channels (CCs) are typically defined, carrying different content on different 20MHz sub-channels to improve transmission efficiency.
  • each CC is carried within a 20MHz band.
  • the 100MHz channel used to transmit the first PPDU in the 160MHz band includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz band, and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz band.
  • the first PPDU includes a UHR-SIG, where the UHR-SIG includes the first and second content channels in the lower 80MHz band, and the third content channel in the upper 20MHz band.
  • the first content channel, the second content channel, and the third content channel each carry four resource unit allocation fields.
  • the four resource unit allocation fields carried by the first and third content channels three are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs, and one is a reserved field, or used to indicate punching information or reserved information.
  • the four resource unit allocation fields carried by the second content channel two are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs, and two are reserved fields, or used to indicate punching information or reserved information.
  • first content channel and the third content channel carry three resource unit allocation fields and one reservation field, respectively, and the second content channel carries two resource unit allocation fields and two reservation fields.
  • Each resource unit allocation field is used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU.
  • the first content channel is CC1
  • the second content channel is CC2
  • the third content channel is CC3.
  • CC1 and CC2 are the CCs included in the lower 80MHz of the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU
  • CC3 is the CCs included in the upper 20MHz of the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU.
  • Figure 48 is a schematic diagram of another type of resource unit allocation information.
  • CC1 carries RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, RU Allocation#5, and RU Allocation#7; CC2 carries RU Allocation#2, RU Allocation#4, RU Allocation#6, and RU Allocation#8; and CC3 carries RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, RU Allocation#5, and RU Allocation#7.
  • RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5 carried by CC1 and CC3 are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU.
  • RU Allocation#7 carried by CC1 and CC3 is used to indicate punching information or reservation information.
  • CC1 and CC3 may carry a reservation field instead of RU Allocation#7.
  • RU Allocation#2 and RU Allocation#4 carried by CC2 are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU.
  • RU Allocation#6 and RU Allocation#8 carried by CC2 are used to indicate punching information or reservation information.
  • CC2 may carry two reservation fields instead of RU Allocation#6 and RU Allocation#8.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block
  • the common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block
  • the common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block.
  • the first, second, and third common coding blocks each carry four resource unit allocation fields.
  • the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels are each located in a single common coding block.
  • Figures 49 to 51 are schematic diagrams of resource unit allocation information.
  • the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, RU Allocation#5, and RU Allocation#7 carried by CC1 are located in common coding block 11.
  • the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#2, RU Allocation#4, RU Allocation#6, and RU Allocation#8 carried by CC2 are located in common coding block 21.
  • the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, RU Allocation#5, and RU Allocation#7 carried by CC3 are located in common coding block 31.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first and second common coding blocks
  • the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third and fourth common coding blocks
  • the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fifth and sixth common coding blocks.
  • the first to sixth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields.
  • the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels are each located in two common coding blocks.
  • Figures 52 to 54 are schematic diagrams of resource unit allocation information.
  • the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1 and RU Allocation#3 on CC1 are located in common coding block 11, and the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#5 and RU Allocation#7 are located in common coding block 12.
  • the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#2 and RU Allocation#4 on CC2 are located in common coding block 21, and the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#6 and RU Allocation#8 are located in common coding block 22.
  • the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1 and RU Allocation#3 on CC3 are located in common coding block 31, and the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#5 and RU Allocation#7 are located in common coding block 32.
  • the common fields of the first content channel, the common fields of the second content channel, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in one common coding block, or the common fields of the first content channel, the common fields of the second content channel, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in two common coding blocks respectively.
  • the first device uses the remaining 100MHz channel after punching the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz channel to transmit the first PPDU.
  • the second device receives the first PPDU.
  • Second device analyzes the first PPDU.
  • the second device parses the first PPDU, including: reading the bandwidth field indication information and the puncturing field indication information of the first PPDU, obtaining the bandwidth of the first PPDU as 160MHz through the bandwidth field indication information, and obtaining the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz through the puncturing field indication information, thereby determining that the actual bandwidth occupied by the first PPDU is 100MHz.
  • the second device further obtains the puncturing status of the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU by reading the puncturing field indication information. Based on this puncturing status, the device can then obtain the channel carrying data information and subsequently retrieve the data information from that channel.
  • the second device can read the puncturing field in the U-SIG of the first PPDU to obtain the puncturing status of the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU, thereby retrieving data information from the unpunctured channel.
  • the 100MHz used to transmit the first PPDU falls within the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz.
  • the first device can fully utilize the 100MHz corresponding to the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz to transmit data, thereby maximizing the 5.8GHz spectrum utilization, improving spectrum utilization and system throughput, and reducing latency.
  • the spectrum in the unlicensed band UNII-2A requires dynamic frequency selection (DFS) and transmit power control (TPC) to detect signals such as weather radar, which is complex and prone to false alarms. Therefore, it is difficult to use spectrum greater than 80MHz in the 5.1GHz band.
  • DFS dynamic frequency selection
  • TPC transmit power control
  • One possible implementation is to use a licensed frequency band of 100MHz to transmit the first PPDU. This approach allows the first device to fully utilize this 100MHz bandwidth for data transmission in environments where such bandwidth is relatively available, thereby improving spectrum utilization.
  • One possible implementation is that, while the first device sends a first PPDU with an actual bandwidth of 100MHz to the second device, it can also send a PPDU with an actual bandwidth of 160MHz to the second device, thereby combining multi-link operation (MLO) to maximize the spectrum utilization of 5GHz.
  • MLO multi-link operation
  • the bandwidth field in the first PPDU generated by the first device indicates that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the puncturing field indicates that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured. Therefore, the actual bandwidth occupied by the first PPDU is 100MHz.
  • the first device uses the remaining 100MHz channel after puncturing the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz to transmit the first PPDU, achieving 100MHz data transmission. Compared with the first device using PPDUs with predefined protocols to transmit information, this method can improve spectrum utilization.
  • FIG. 300 This application provides a communication method 300, and Figure 55 is an interactive schematic diagram of the communication method 300.
  • the communication method 300 is also described from the perspective of the interaction between a first device and a second device.
  • the communication method 300 includes, but is not limited to, the following steps:
  • the first device generates an aggregated PPDU with a bandwidth of 100MHz.
  • the aggregated PPDU is obtained by aggregating a second PPDU and a third PPDU, with the second PPDU having a bandwidth of 20MHz and the third PPDU having a bandwidth of 80MHz.
  • the first device generates a polymerized PPDU, including: generating a second PPDU and a third PPDU; and generating a polymerized PPDU from the second PPDU and the third PPDU.
  • the aggregated PPDU can be a single PPDU, meaning the first device aggregates the second and third PPDUs to obtain a single PPDU, which is called the aggregated PPDU.
  • the aggregated PPDU consists of two separate PPDUs; for example, the aggregated PPDU includes both the second and third PPDUs.
  • the second PPDU has a bandwidth of 20MHz
  • the third PPDU has a bandwidth of 80MHz.
  • the resulting aggregated PPDU occupies 100MHz of bandwidth. This allows the first device to use 100MHz to transmit the aggregated PPDU, thereby achieving 100MHz data transmission and improving spectrum utilization.
  • the 100MHz of transmission for the aggregated PPDU falls within the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz.
  • the first device can fully utilize the 100MHz corresponding to the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz to transmit data, thereby maximizing the spectrum utilization of 5.8GHz, improving spectrum utilization and system throughput, and reducing latency.
  • the 100MHz frequency band for transmitting aggregated PPDUs is within a licensed band. This approach allows the first device to fully utilize this 100MHz bandwidth for data transmission in environments where a relatively available bandwidth exists, thus improving spectrum utilization.
  • the second and third PPDUs are two PPDUs with the same protocol version.
  • both the second and third PPDUs are UHR PPDUs, meaning the aggregated PPDU can be obtained by aggregating two UHR PPDUs with bandwidths of 20MHz and 80MHz respectively, thus the aggregated PPDU can also be considered a UHR PPDU.
  • the UHR PPDU is described in S101 above and will not be repeated here.
  • Figure 56 is a schematic diagram of an aggregated PPDU. As shown in Figure 56, the aggregated PPDU is formed by aggregating two UHR PPDUs with bandwidths of 20MHz and 80MHz respectively.
  • the second and third PPDUs are two PPDUs with different protocol versions.
  • the second PPDU is a UHR PPDU and the third PPDU is an HE PPDU; that is, the aggregated PPDU can be obtained by aggregating a UHR PPDU with a bandwidth of 20MHz and an HE PPDU with a bandwidth of 80MHz.
  • Figure 57 is a schematic diagram of another type of aggregated PPDU. As shown in Figure 57, the aggregated PPDU is formed by aggregating a UHR PPDU with a bandwidth of 20MHz and an HE PPDU with an aggregating bandwidth of 80MHz.
  • the second PPDU is an HE PPDU and the third PPDU is a UHR PPDU. That is, a PPDU can be obtained by aggregating a UHR PPDU with a bandwidth of 80MHz and an HE PPDU with a bandwidth of 20MHz.
  • the second PPDU is a UHR PPDU
  • the third PPDU is an EHT PPDU. That is, the aggregated PPDU can be obtained by aggregating a UHR PPDU with a bandwidth of 20MHz and an EHT PPDU with a bandwidth of 80MHz.
  • Figure 58 is a schematic diagram of another type of aggregated PPDU. As shown in Figure 58, the aggregated PPDU is formed by aggregating a UHR PPDU with a bandwidth of 20MHz and an EHT PPDU with an aggregating bandwidth of 80MHz.
  • the second PPDU is an EHT PPDU and the third PPDU is a UHR PPDU. That is, a PPDU can be obtained by aggregating a UHR PPDU with a bandwidth of 80MHz and an EHT PPDU with a bandwidth of 20MHz.
  • the aggregated PPDU can be obtained by aggregating HE PPDU and UHR PPDU, or by aggregating EHT PPDU and UHR PPDU.
  • parallel transmission can be supported for traditional users (i.e., users before the UHR standard) and UHR users, maximizing the throughput of traditional users.
  • the aforementioned UHR PPDU can also be replaced with UHR+PPDU, where UHR+PPDU represents PPDUs from 802.11bn onwards. Furthermore, this application does not limit the naming of UHR+PPDU.
  • the first device uses 100MHz to transmit aggregated PPDU.
  • the first device sending the aggregated PPDU at 100MHz can mean that the first device uses 100MHz to send the two separate PPDUs in the aggregated PPDU in time alignment.
  • the second device receives the aggregated PPDU.
  • Second device analyzes and aggregates PPDU.
  • the second device parses the aggregated PPDU, including: the second device reads the aggregated PPDU and obtains data information.
  • the first device can generate an aggregated PPDU by aggregating the second PPDU and the third PPDU.
  • the aggregated PPDU occupies a bandwidth of 100MHz, so the first device can send the aggregated PPDU to the second device using a 100MHz channel, thereby realizing 100MHz data transmission and improving spectrum utilization.
  • the solutions in this application can also be implemented using proprietary solutions or manufacturer-specific features. They are used for communication between devices within the same company or alliance. Before transmitting 100MHz PPDUs between devices, the devices negotiate to adopt the solution described in this application.
  • the first PPDU can also carry manufacturer identification information to indicate which manufacturer the PPDU comes from, and can further indicate through the indication of the embodiments of this application that the PPDU adopts the proprietary solution technology of the embodiments of this application.
  • the first device and the second device may include hardware structures and/or software modules, implementing the functions in the form of hardware structures, software modules, or a combination of hardware structures and software modules. Whether a particular function is executed in the form of hardware structures, software modules, or a combination of hardware structures and software modules depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution.
  • this application embodiment provides a communication device 5900.
  • the communication device 5900 can be a component of a first device (e.g., an integrated circuit, a chip, etc.) or a component of a second device (e.g., an integrated circuit, a chip, etc.).
  • the communication device 5900 can also be other communication units used to implement the methods in the method embodiments of this application.
  • the communication device 5900 may include a communication unit 5901 and a processing unit 5902. In one possible implementation, it may further include a storage unit 5903.
  • one or more units as shown in Figure 59 may be implemented by one or more processors, or by one or more processors and memory; or by one or more processors and transceivers; or by one or more processors, memory, and transceivers.
  • processors, memory, and transceivers can be configured individually or integrated.
  • the communication device 5900 is equipped to implement the functions of the first device or the second device described in the embodiments of this application.
  • the communication device 5900 includes a reader/writer that executes the modules, units, or means corresponding to the steps of the first device in the above method embodiments.
  • the functions, units, or means can be implemented by software, hardware, or hardware executing corresponding software, or a combination of software and hardware. Further details can be found in the corresponding descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device 5900 may include a processing unit 5902 and a communication unit 5901, the device being applied to the first device;
  • the processing unit 5902 is used to generate a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU), the first PPDU including bandwidth field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information being used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz;
  • PPDU physical layer protocol data unit
  • the communication unit 5901 is used to transmit the first PPDU using a 100MHz channel.
  • the communication device 5900 may include a processing unit 5902 and a communication unit 5901, the device being applied to the first device;
  • the processing unit 5902 is used to generate a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU); the first PPDU includes bandwidth field indication information and puncturing field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information is used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the puncturing field indication information is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured.
  • PPDU physical layer protocol data unit
  • the communication unit 5901 is used to transmit the first PPDU using the remaining 100MHz channel after punching the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz.
  • the communication device 5900 may include a processing unit 5902 and a communication unit 5901, the device being applied to a second device;
  • the communication unit 5901 is used to receive a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU), the first PPDU including bandwidth field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information being used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz;
  • PPDU physical layer protocol data unit
  • the processing unit 5902 is used to parse the first PPDU.
  • the communication device 5900 may include a processing unit 5902 and a communication unit 5901, the device being applied to a second device;
  • the communication unit 5901 is used to receive a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU); the first PPDU includes bandwidth field indication information and puncturing field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information is used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the puncturing field indication information is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured.
  • PPDU physical layer protocol data unit
  • the processing unit 5902 is used to parse the first PPDU.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 996+242-tone multiple resource units (MRUs).
  • MRUs 996+242-tone multiple resource units
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs; or, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes five 242-tone RUs; or, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs; or, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 242-tone RU and one 996-tone RU; or, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484+242-tone MRU and one 484-tone RU; or, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs.
  • the first PPDU further includes punch field indication information, which indicates that 20MHz of the 100MHz is punched, and the 20MHz is located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz.
  • the punch field indication information is further used to indicate that 20MHz of the 100MHz is punched, the 20MHz being located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+242+242-tone MRU; or, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+484-tone MRU, wherein the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU are continuous or non-contiguous; or, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 996-tone Resource Element RU, wherein the 996 subcarriers in the 996-tone RU are continuous or non-contiguous.
  • the first PPDU further includes punch field indication information, which indicates that 40MHz of the 100MHz is punched, the 40MHz being located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz.
  • the punch field indication information is further used to indicate that 40MHz of the 100MHz is punched, the 40MHz being located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz.
  • the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+242-tone MRU; or, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 242+242+242-tone MRU.
  • the transmission mode of the first PPDU is non-orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission.
  • the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz corresponds to a 4-bit punch indication
  • the highest 20MHz corresponds to a 4-bit punch indication
  • the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 20MHz is 1111.
  • the lowest 80MHz of the 160MHz corresponds to a 4-bit punch indication
  • the highest 80MHz corresponds to a 4-bit punch indication
  • the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 80MHz is 1000.
  • the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz; the first content channel and the third content channel each carry three resource unit allocation fields, and the second content channel carries two resource unit allocation fields.
  • the resource unit allocation fields carried by the first content channel, the second content channel and the third content channel are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU.
  • the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz range, and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz range; the first content channel, the second content channel, and the third content channel each carry three resource unit allocation fields; the three resource unit allocation fields carried by the first content channel and the third content channel are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU; of the three resource unit allocation fields carried by the second content channel, two resource unit allocation fields are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU, and one resource unit allocation field is a reserved field or used to indicate punching information or reserved information.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in a first common coding block; the common fields of the second content channel are located in a second common coding block; and the common fields of the third content channel are located in a third common coding block.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block and the second common coding block; the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third common coding block; and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fourth common coding block and the fifth common coding block.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block and the second common coding block; the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third common coding block and the fourth common coding block; and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fifth common coding block and the sixth common coding block.
  • the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz range, and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz range; the first content channel, the second content channel, and the third content channel each carry four resource unit allocation fields; of the four resource unit allocation fields carried by the first content channel and the third content channel, three resource unit allocation fields are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU, and one resource unit allocation field is a reserved field or used to indicate punching information or reserved information; of the four resource unit allocation fields carried by the second content channel, two resource unit allocation fields are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU, and two resource unit allocation fields are reserved fields or used to indicate punching information or reserved information.
  • the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block; or, the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first and second common coding blocks, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third and fourth common coding blocks, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fifth and sixth common coding blocks.
  • the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission.
  • the 100MHz belongs to the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz.
  • the communication device 6000 can be a first device, or a chip, chip system, or processor that supports the first device in implementing the above methods; alternatively, it can be a second device, or a chip, chip system, or processor that supports the second device in implementing the above methods.
  • This device can be used to implement the methods described in the above method embodiments, and specific details can be found in the descriptions of the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device 6000 may include one or more processors 6001.
  • the processor 6001 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor. For example, it may be a baseband processor, digital signal processor, application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field-programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component, or central processing unit (CPU).
  • the baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data, while the CPU can be used to control the communication device (e.g., base station, baseband chip, terminal, terminal chip, DU or CU, etc.), execute software programs, and process data from the software programs.
  • the communication device 6000 may include one or more memories 6002, which may store instructions 6004. These instructions can be executed on the processor 6001, causing the communication device 6000 to perform the method described in the above method embodiments. The instructions can be replaced with programs.
  • the memory 6002 may also store data.
  • the processor 6001 and the memory 6002 can be configured separately or integrated together. The processor 6001 is used to parse signaling information and process related data; the memory 6002 contains stored signaling information and pre-agreed preset values, etc.
  • the communication device 6000 may further include a transceiver 6005 and an antenna 6006.
  • the transceiver 6005 may include a receiver and a transmitter.
  • the receiver which may be referred to as a receiver or receiving circuit, is used to implement a receiving function;
  • the transmitter which may be referred to as a transmitter or transmitting circuit, is used to implement a transmitting function.
  • the communication device 6000 can be applied to the first device.
  • the processor 6001 is used to execute S101 in the communication method 100, S201 in the communication method 200, and S301 in the communication method 300;
  • the transceiver 6005 is used to execute S102 in the communication method 100, S202 in the communication method 200, and S302 in the communication method 300.
  • the communication device 6000 can be applied to a second device, specifically, the processor 6001 is used to execute S104 in the above-mentioned communication method 100, S204 in the communication method 200, and S304 in the communication method 300; the transceiver 6005 is used to execute S103 in the above-mentioned communication method 100, S203 in the communication method 200, and S303 in the communication method 300.
  • processor 6001 may store instructions 6003, which, when executed on processor 6001, cause the communication device 6000 to perform the methods described in the above method embodiments. Instructions 6003 may be embedded in processor 6001; in this case, processor 6001 may be implemented in hardware.
  • This application also provides a communication system that includes one or more access points and one or more stations.
  • the system may further include other devices/functional network elements that interact with the access points and/or stations.
  • This application also provides a chip including a processor that calls a computer program stored in a memory to enable a communication device including the chip to perform the functions of any of the above method embodiments.
  • This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer software instructions, which, when executed by a communication device, implement the functions of any of the above method embodiments.
  • This application also provides a computer program product for storing computer software instructions, which, when executed by a communication device, implement the functions of any of the above method embodiments.
  • This application also provides a computer program that, when run on a computer, implements the functions of any of the above method embodiments.
  • At least one (item) refers to one or more
  • “more than one” refers to two or more
  • “and/or” is used to describe the association relationship of related objects, indicating that there can be three relationships.
  • a and/or B can represent three cases: only A exists, only B exists, and A and B exist simultaneously, where A and B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the related objects before and after are in an “or” relationship.
  • At least one (item) of the following” or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • At least one (item) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, "a and b", “a and c", “b and c", or "a and b and c", where a, b, and c can be single or multiple.
  • the terms “exemplary” or “for example” are used to indicate that something is an example, illustration, or description. Any embodiment or design that is described as “exemplary” or “for example” in the embodiments of this application should not be construed as being more preferred or advantageous than other embodiments or design. Specifically, the use of the terms “exemplary” or “for example” is intended to present the relevant concepts in a specific manner to facilitate understanding.
  • implementation can be achieved, in whole or in part, through software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it can be implemented, in whole or in part, as a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of this application are generated.
  • the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another.
  • the computer instructions can be transmitted from one website, computer, server, or data center to another via wired (e.g., coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium accessible to a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center that integrates one or more available media.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (e.g., high-density digital video discs (DVDs)), or semiconductor media (e.g., SSDs), etc.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A communication method and apparatus. In the method, a first device generates a first physical-layer protocol data unit (PPDU), wherein the first PPDU comprises bandwidth field indication information, and the bandwidth field indication information is used for indicating that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100 MHz; and the first device sends the first PPDU by using a 100 MHz channel. The method can increase a spectrum utilization rate.

Description

一种通信方法及装置A communication method and apparatus

本申请要求于2024年4月30日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202410549402.0、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to Chinese Patent Application No. 202410549402.0, filed on April 30, 2024, entitled "A Communication Method and Apparatus", the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

技术领域Technical Field

本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and apparatus.

背景技术Background Technology

随着通信技术的不断演进,利用无线网络进行数据业务已成为数据传输的重要方式之一。在无线网络中,无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)应用的频段从授权频段扩展到了非授权(unlicensed)频段,授权频段是指需获得特定的频谱许可证才能使用的频谱范围,非授权频段是指无需获得特定的频谱许可证即可使用的频谱范围。如何应用授权频段以及非授权频段进行数据传输仍待研究。With the continuous evolution of communication technology, using wireless networks for data services has become one of the important methods of data transmission. In wireless networks, the frequency bands used in Wireless Local Area Networks (WLANs) have expanded from licensed bands to unlicensed bands. Licensed bands refer to the spectrum range that requires a specific spectrum license to use, while unlicensed bands refer to the spectrum range that can be used without a specific spectrum license. How to use licensed and unlicensed bands for data transmission still requires further research.

发明内容Summary of the Invention

本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法及装置,可实现100MHz的数据传输,提高频谱利用率。This application provides a communication method and apparatus that can achieve 100MHz data transmission and improve spectrum utilization.

第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法可以由第一设备执行,这里的第一设备既可以指第一设备本身,也可以指第一设备中实现该方法的处理器、模块、芯片、或芯片系统等。该方法中,第一设备生成第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU,第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息,带宽字段指示信息用于指示第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz。第一设备采用100MHz信道发送第一PPDU。In a first aspect, embodiments of this application provide a communication method, which can be executed by a first device. The first device can refer to the device itself, or a processor, module, chip, or chip system within the first device that implements the method. In this method, the first device generates a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU). The first PPDU includes bandwidth field indication information, which indicates that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz. The first device transmits the first PPDU using a 100MHz channel.

可见,本申请实施例中,第一设备采用100MHz信道发送了带宽为100MHz的第一PDDU,可实现100MHz的数据传输。该方式与第一设备采用协议已定义的PPDU传输信息相比,可提高频谱利用率。As can be seen, in this embodiment of the application, the first device transmits a first PDDU with a bandwidth of 100MHz using a 100MHz channel, which enables data transmission at 100MHz. Compared with the first device using PPDU, which is defined by the protocol, this method can improve spectrum utilization.

一种可能的实现方式,带宽字段指示信息为带宽字段。一种可能的实现方式,第一PPDUB包括通用信令字段,通用信令字段包括带宽字段,带宽字段用于指示第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz。One possible implementation is that the bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth information. Another possible implementation is that the first PPDUB includes a general signaling field, which includes a bandwidth field used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDUB is 100MHz.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的80MH对应996-tone资源单元RU,20MHz对应242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括996+242-tone多资源单元MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括996+242-tone MRU。In one optional implementation, 80MHz of 100MHz corresponds to a 996-tone resource unit (RU), and 20MHz corresponds to a 242-tone RU. Thus, a 100MHz channel may include 996+242-tone multiple resource units (MRUs). For example, a 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU may include 996+242-tone MRUs.

可见,100MHz不存在打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道可以包括996+242-tone MRU。It can be seen that when there is no puncturing in 100MHz, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 996+242-tone MRU.

另一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的40MHz对应一个484-tone RU,其余三个20MHz分别对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括一个484-tone RU和三个242-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个484-tone RU和三个242-tone RU。In another optional implementation, 40MHz of the 100MHz corresponds to one 484-tone RU, and the remaining three 20MHz correspond to one 242-tone RU respectively. Thus, the 100MHz channel may include one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中五个20MHz分别对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括五个242-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括五个242-tone RU。In another alternative implementation, five 20MHz channels in the 100MHz range each correspond to one 242-tone RU, so the 100MHz channel can include five 242-tone RUs, for example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes five 242-tone RUs.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的两个40MHz分别对应一个484-tone RU,另外一个20MHz对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括一个242-tone RU和两个484-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个242-tone RU和两个484-tone RU。In another optional implementation, the two 40MHz channels in the 100MHz range each correspond to a 484-tone RU, and the other 20MHz channel corresponds to a 242-tone RU. Thus, the 100MHz channel may include a 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU may include a 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的80MHz对应一个996-tone RU,20MHz对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括一个242-tone RU和一个996-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个242-tone RU和一个996-tone RU。In another optional implementation, 80MHz of the 100MHz corresponds to a 996-tone RU and 20MHz corresponds to a 242-tone RU, so the 100MHz channel may include a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的60MHz对应一个484+242-tone MRU,40MHz对应一个484-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括一个484+242-tone MRU和一个484-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个484+242-tone MRU和一个484-tone RU。In another optional implementation, 60MHz of the 100MHz corresponds to a 484+242-tone MRU, and 40MHz corresponds to a 484-tone RU. Thus, the 100MHz channel may include a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的60MHz对应一个484+242-tone MRU,其余两个20MHz分别对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括一个484+242-tone MRU和两个242-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个484+242-tone MRU和两个242-tone RU。In another optional implementation, 60MHz of the 100MHz corresponds to one 484+242-tone MRU, and the remaining two 20MHz correspond to one 242-tone RU respectively. Thus, the 100MHz channel may include one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs.

可见,100MHz不存在打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括的RU/MRU可以是根据协议已定义的一种或多种RU/MRU进行组合获得的,该方式可减少实现的复杂度。It is evident that when there is no puncturing in 100MHz, the RU/MRU included in the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can be obtained by combining one or more RU/MRUs as defined in the protocol, which can reduce the complexity of implementation.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中存在20MHz被打孔。该方式中,第一PPDU还包括打孔字段指示信息,打孔字段指示信息用于指示100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,20MHz位于100MHz中的最低80MHz内,或者说,20MHz不为100MHz中的最高20MHz。In one optional implementation, 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punched. In this method, the first PPDU further includes punched field indication information, which indicates that 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punched, and that the 20MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or in other words, the 20MHz band is not the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band.

一种可能的实现方式,打孔字段指示信息为打孔字段。一种可能的实现方式,第一PPDU包括通用信令字段,通用信令字段包包括打孔字段,打孔字段用于指示100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,20MHz位于100MHz中的最低80MHz内。One possible implementation is that the puncturing field indicates information as a puncturing field. Another possible implementation is that the first PPDU includes a general signaling field, the general signaling field packet including the puncturing field, the puncturing field indicating that 20MHz within 100MHz is punctured, and the 20MHz is located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,100MHz中未被打孔的40MHz可以对应484-tone MRU,以及未被打孔的其余两个200MHz可以分别对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括484+242+242-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU。In one optional implementation, when 20MHz of the 100MHz is punctured, the 40MHz of the 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 484-tone MRU, and the other two 200MHz that are not punctured can each correspond to a 242-tone RU. Thus, the 100MHz channel can include 484+242+242-tone MRUs. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+242+242-tone MRUs.

另一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,100MHz中未被打孔的两个40MHz可以分别对应一个484-tone MRU,且未被打孔的两个40MHz是连续的或非连续的,从而100MHz信道可以包括484+484-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+484-tone MRU,该484+484-tone MRU中的两个484子载波为连续的或非连续的。In another optional implementation, when 20MHz of the 100MHz is punctured, the two 40MHz channels that are not punctured in the 100MHz can each correspond to a 484-tone MRU, and the two 40MHz channels that are not punctured can be continuous or non-contiguous. Thus, the 100MHz channel can include 484+484-tone MRU. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+484-tone MRU, and the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU can be continuous or non-contiguous.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,100MHz中未被打孔的80MHz可以对应一个996-tone RU,该未被打孔的80MHz可以是连续的或者可以是非连续的,从而100MHz信道可以包括996-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括996-tone RU,996-tone RU中的996子载波为连续的或非连续的。In another optional implementation, when 20MHz of 100MHz is punctured, the 80MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 996-tone RU. The 80MHz that is not punctured can be continuous or discontinuous, so the 100MHz channel can include a 996-tone RU. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 996-tone RU, and the 996 subcarriers in the 996-tone RU can be continuous or discontinuous.

可见,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU,或者,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+484-tone MRU,或者传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括996-tone RU。It can be seen that when 20MHz of 100MHz is punctured, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+242+242-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+484-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 996-tone RU.

另一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中存在40MHz被打孔。该方式中,第一PPDU还包括打孔字段指示信息,打孔字段指示信息用于指示100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,40MHz位于100MHz中的最低80MHz内,或者说,40MHz不包括100MHz中最高20MHz。In another alternative implementation, 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punched. In this method, the first PPDU also includes punch field indication information, which indicates that 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punched, and that the 40MHz band is within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or that the 40MHz band does not include the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band.

一种可能的实现方式,打孔字段指示信息为打孔字段。一种可能的实现方式,第一PPDU包括通用信令字段,通用信令字段包包括打孔字段,打孔字段用于指示100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,40MHz位于100MHz中的最低80MHz内。One possible implementation is that the puncturing field indicates information as a puncturing field. Another possible implementation is that the first PPDU includes a general signaling field, the general signaling field packet including the puncturing field, the puncturing field indicating that 40MHz within 100MHz is punctured, and the 40MHz is located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,100MHz中未被打孔的60MHz可以对应一个484+242-tone MRU,从而100MHz信道可以包括484+242-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道可以包括484+242-tone MRU。In one optional implementation, when 40MHz of 100MHz is punctured, the 60MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 484+242-tone MRU, so the 100MHz channel can include a 484+242-tone MRU. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include a 484+242-tone MRU.

另一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,100MHz中未被打孔的每个20MHz可以对应一个242-tone MRU,从而100MHz信道可以包括242+242+242-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括242+242+242-tone MRU。In another optional implementation, when 40MHz of 100MHz is punctured, each 20MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 242-tone MRU, so the 100MHz channel can include 242+242+242-tone MRUs. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 242+242+242-tone MRUs.

可见,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道可以包括484+242-tone MRU,或者,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括242+242+242-tone MRU。It can be seen that when 40MHz of 100MHz is punched, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 484+242-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 242+242+242-tone MRU.

一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU的传输模式为非正交频分多址传输。In one optional implementation, the transmission mode of the first PPDU is non-orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission.

另一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU的传输模式为正交频分多址传输。In another alternative implementation, the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission.

一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU的传输模式为正交频分多址传输,且第一PPDU还包括打孔字段指示信息时,不论打孔字段指示信息指示100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,还是指示100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,该100MHz中最低80MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,最高20MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,且最高20MHz对应的一个4比特为1111。其中,100MHz中最低80MHz对应的一个4比特用于指示该最低80MHz中的20MHz或40MHz被打孔,最高20MHz对应的一个4比特用于指示该最高20MHz不被打孔。In one optional implementation, when the first PPDU is transmitted in Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) mode and the first PPDU also includes puncture field indication information, regardless of whether the puncture field indication information indicates that 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punctured or that 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punctured, the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band corresponds to a 4-bit puncture indication, and the highest 20MHz band corresponds to a 4-bit puncture indication, with the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 20MHz band being 1111. Specifically, the 4-bit corresponding to the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band is used to indicate that either 20MHz or 40MHz of the lowest 80MHz band is punctured, and the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 20MHz band is used to indicate that the highest 20MHz band is not punctured.

一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU的传输模式为正交频分多址传输,且传输第一PPDU的100MHz存在打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道在低80MHz包括第一内容信道和第二内容信道,在高20MHz包括第三内容信道。其中,第一内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载三个资源单元分配字段,第二内容信道承载两个资源单元分配字段,第一内容信道、第二内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载的资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配。In one optional implementation, the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA), and when puncturing occurs in the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz, and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz. The first and third content channels each carry three resource element allocation fields, and the second content channel carries two resource element allocation fields. The resource element allocation fields carried by the first, second, and third content channels are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs.

一种可能的实现方式,第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段位于第二公共编码块,第三内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块。也就是说,第一内容信道的公共字段、第二内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段可以分别位于一个公共编码块,可节省开销。该方式中,第一公共编码块和第三公共编码块分别承载三个资源单元分配字段,第二公共编码块承载两个资源单元分配字段。One possible implementation is that the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block. That is, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels can each be located in a separate common coding block, saving overhead. In this approach, the first and third common coding blocks each carry three resource unit allocation fields, while the second common coding block carries two resource unit allocation fields.

一种可能的实现方式,第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块和第二公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块,第三内容信道的公共字段位于第四公共编码块和第五公共编码块。也就是说,第一内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段可以分别位于两个公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段可以位于一个公共编码块。该方式中,第一公共编码块、第三公共编码块和第四公共编码块分别承载两个资源单元分配字段,第二公共编码块和第五公共编码块分别承载一个资源单元分配字段。One possible implementation is that the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first and second common coding blocks, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third common coding block, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fourth and fifth common coding blocks. That is, the common fields of the first and third content channels can each be located in two different common coding blocks, while the common field of the second content channel can be located in one common coding block. In this implementation, the first, third, and fourth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields, while the second and fifth common coding blocks each carry one resource unit allocation field.

另一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU的传输模式为正交频分多址传输,且传输第一PPDU的100MHz存在打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道在低80MHz包括第一内容信道和第二内容信道,在高20MHz包括第三内容信道。其中,第一内容信道、第二内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载三个资源单元分配字段。第一内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载的三个资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配。第二内容信道承载的三个资源单元分配字段中,两个资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配,一个资源单元分配字段为预留字段或用于指示打孔信息或用于指示预留信息。In another optional implementation, the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA). When puncturing occurs in the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz, and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz. The first, second, and third content channels each carry three resource unit allocation fields. The three resource unit allocation fields carried by the first and third content channels are used to indicate the allocation of RUs (Resource Units) or MRUs (Main Units). Of the three resource unit allocation fields carried by the second content channel, two are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs, and one is a reserved field, used to indicate puncturing information, or used to indicate reserved information.

一种可能的实现方式,第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段位于第二公共编码块,第三内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块。也就是说,第一内容信道的公共字段、第二内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段可以分别位于一个公共编码块,可节省开销。该方式中,第一公共编码块、第二公共编码块和第三公共编码块分别承载三个资源单元分配字段。One possible implementation is that the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block. That is, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels can each be located in a separate common coding block, saving overhead. In this approach, the first, second, and third common coding blocks each carry three resource unit allocation fields.

一种可能的实现方式,第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块和第二公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块和第四公共编码块,第三内容信道的公共字段位于第五公共编码块和第六公共编码块。也就是说,第一内容信道的公共字段、第二内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段分别位于两个公共编码块。该方式中,第一公共编码块、第三公共编码块和第五公共编码块分别承载两个资源单元分配字段,第二公共编码块、第四编码块和第六公共编码块分别承载一个资源单元分配字段。或者,第一公共编码块、第三公共编码块和第五公共编码块分别承载两个资源单元分配字段,第二公共编码块、第四公共编码块和第六公共编码块分别承载一个预留字段。One possible implementation is that the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first and second common coding blocks, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third and fourth common coding blocks, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fifth and sixth common coding blocks. That is, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels are each located in two common coding blocks. In this implementation, the first, third, and fifth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields, and the second, fourth, and sixth common coding blocks each carry one resource unit allocation field. Alternatively, the first, third, and fifth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields, and the second, fourth, and sixth common coding blocks each carry one reserved field.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz属于非授权频段中的5735MHz至5835MHz,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz属于非授权频段中的5735MHz至5835MHz。该方式可使得非授权频段中的5735MHz至5835MHz被充分利用,可提高频谱效率。In one alternative implementation, 100MHz belongs to the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz, for example, the 100MHz used to transmit the first PPDU belongs to the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz. This approach allows for full utilization of the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz, thereby improving spectral efficiency.

一种可能的实现方式,100MHz属于授权频段,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz属于授权频段。例如,在特定环境中,授权频段中存在100MHz带宽相对可用,则第一设备可以充分利用该100MHz带宽传输信息,提高频谱利用率。One possible implementation is that 100MHz belongs to a licensed frequency band, for example, the 100MHz used to transmit the first PPDU belongs to a licensed frequency band. For instance, in a specific environment, if there is a relatively available 100MHz bandwidth in the licensed frequency band, the first device can make full use of this 100MHz bandwidth to transmit information, thereby improving spectrum utilization.

第二方面,本申请实施例还提供一种通信方法,该方法可以由第一设备执行,这里的第一设备既可以指第一设备本身,也可以指第一设备中实现该方法的处理器、模块、芯片、或芯片系统等。该方法中,第一设备生成第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU,第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息和打孔字段指示信息,带宽字段指示信息用于指示第一PPDU的带宽为160MHz,打孔字段指示信息用于指示160MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔。第一设备采用160MHz中最高60MHz打孔后剩余的100MHz信道发送第一PPDU。Secondly, embodiments of this application also provide a communication method, which can be executed by a first device. The first device can refer to the device itself, or a processor, module, chip, or chip system within the first device that implements the method. In this method, the first device generates a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU). The first PPDU includes bandwidth field indication information and puncturing field indication information. The bandwidth field indication information indicates that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the puncturing field indication information indicates that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured. The first device transmits the first PPDU using the remaining 100MHz channel after puncturing the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz.

可见,本申请实施例中,第一设备生成的第一PPDU中的带宽字段指示第一PPDU的带宽为160MHz,且打孔字段指示160MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔,则第一PPDU实际占用的带宽为100MHz,因此第一设备采用160MHz中最高60MHz打孔后剩余的100MHz信道发送第一PPDU,可实现100MHz的数据传输。该方式与第一设备采用协议已定义的PPDU传输信息相比,可提高频谱利用率。As can be seen, in this embodiment, the bandwidth field in the first PPDU generated by the first device indicates that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the puncturing field indicates that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured. Therefore, the actual bandwidth occupied by the first PPDU is 100MHz. Thus, the first device uses the remaining 100MHz channel after puncturing the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz to transmit the first PPDU, achieving 100MHz data transmission. Compared with the first device using PPDUs with predefined protocols to transmit information, this method can improve spectrum utilization.

一种可能的实现方式,带宽字段指示信息为带宽字段。一种可能的实现方式,第一PPDUB包括通用信令字段,通用信令字段包括带宽字段,带宽字段用于指示第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz。One possible implementation is that the bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth information. Another possible implementation is that the first PPDUB includes a general signaling field, which includes a bandwidth field used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDUB is 100MHz.

一种可能的实现方式,打孔字段指示信息为打孔字段。一种可能的实现方式,第一PPDU包括通用信令字段,通用信令字段包包括打孔字段,打孔字段用于指示160MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔。One possible implementation is that the puncture field indicates information as a puncture field. Another possible implementation is that the first PPDU includes a general signaling field, the general signaling field packet including the puncture field, the puncture field being used to indicate that the highest 60MHz in the 160MHz band has been punctured.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的80MH可以对应996-tone资源单元RU,20MHz可以对应242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括996+242-tone多资源单元MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括996+242-tone MRU。In one optional implementation, 80MHz of 100MHz can correspond to a 996-tone resource unit (RU), and 20MHz can correspond to a 242-tone RU. Thus, a 100MHz channel can include 996+242-tone multiple resource units (MRUs). For example, a 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes 996+242-tone MRUs.

可见,100MHz不存在打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道可以包括996+242-tone MRU。It can be seen that when there is no puncturing in 100MHz, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 996+242-tone MRU.

另一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的40MHz可以对应一个484-tone RU,其余三个20MHz可以分别对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括一个484-tone RU和三个242-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个484-tone RU和三个242-tone RU。In another optional implementation, 40MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to one 484-tone RU, and the remaining three 20MHz can each correspond to one 242-tone RU. Thus, the 100MHz channel can include one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中五个20MHz可以分别对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括五个242-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括五个242-tone RU。In another alternative implementation, the five 20MHz channels in the 100MHz channel can each correspond to a 242-tone RU, so the 100MHz channel can include five 242-tone RUs, for example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes five 242-tone RUs.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的两个40MHz可以分别对应一个484-tone RU,另外一个20MHz可以对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括一个242-tone RU和两个484-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个242-tone RU和两个484-tone RU。In another optional implementation, the two 40MHz channels in the 100MHz channel can each correspond to a 484-tone RU, and the other 20MHz channel can correspond to a 242-tone RU. Thus, the 100MHz channel can include a 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的80MHz可以对应一个996-tone RU,20MHz可以对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括一个242-tone RU和一个996-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个242-tone RU和一个996-tone RU。In another optional implementation, 80MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to a 996-tone RU and 20MHz can correspond to a 242-tone RU, so the 100MHz channel can include a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的60MHz可以对应一个484+242-tone MRU,40MHz可以对应一个484-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括一个484+242-tone MRU和一个484-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个484+242-tone MRU和一个484-tone RU。In another optional implementation, 60MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to a 484+242-tone MRU, and 40MHz can correspond to a 484-tone RU. Thus, the 100MHz channel can include a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的60MHz可以对应一个484+242-tone MRU,其余两个20MHz可以分别对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括一个484+242-tone MRU和两个242-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个484+242-tone MRU和两个242-tone RU。In another optional implementation, 60MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to one 484+242-tone MRU, and the other two 20MHz can each correspond to one 242-tone RU. Thus, the 100MHz channel can include one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs.

可见,100MHz不存在打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括的RU/MRU可以是根据协议已定义的一种或多种RU/MRU进行组合获得的,该方式可减少实现的复杂度。It is evident that when there is no puncturing in 100MHz, the RU/MRU included in the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can be obtained by combining one or more RU/MRUs as defined in the protocol, which can reduce the complexity of implementation.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中存在20MHz被打孔。该方式中,打孔字段指示信息还用于指示100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,20MHz位于100MHz中的最低80MHz内,或者说,20MHz不为100MHz中的最高20MHz。In one alternative implementation, 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punched. In this approach, the punching field indication information is also used to indicate that 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punched, and that the 20MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or in other words, the 20MHz band is not the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,100MHz中未被打孔的40MHz可以对应484-tone MRU,以及未被打孔的其余两个200MHz可以分别对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括484+242+242-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU。In one optional implementation, when 20MHz of the 100MHz is punctured, the 40MHz of the 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 484-tone MRU, and the other two 200MHz that are not punctured can each correspond to a 242-tone RU. Thus, the 100MHz channel can include 484+242+242-tone MRUs. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+242+242-tone MRUs.

另一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,100MHz中未被打孔的两个40MHz可以分别对应一个484-tone MRU,且未被打孔的两个40MHz是连续的或非连续的,从而100MHz信道可以包括484+484-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+484-tone MRU,该484+484-tone MRU中的两个484子载波为连续的或非连续的。In another optional implementation, when 20MHz of the 100MHz is punctured, the two 40MHz channels that are not punctured in the 100MHz can each correspond to a 484-tone MRU, and the two 40MHz channels that are not punctured can be continuous or non-contiguous. Thus, the 100MHz channel can include 484+484-tone MRU. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+484-tone MRU, and the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU can be continuous or non-contiguous.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,100MHz中未被打孔的80MHz可以对应一个996-tone RU,该未被打孔的80MHz可以是连续的或者可以是非连续的,从而100MHz信道可以包括996-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括996-tone RU,996-tone RU中的996子载波为连续的或非连续的。In another optional implementation, when 20MHz of 100MHz is punctured, the 80MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 996-tone RU. The 80MHz that is not punctured can be continuous or discontinuous, so the 100MHz channel can include a 996-tone RU. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 996-tone RU, and the 996 subcarriers in the 996-tone RU can be continuous or discontinuous.

可见,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU,或者,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+484-tone MRU,或者传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括996-tone RU。It can be seen that when 20MHz of 100MHz is punctured, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+242+242-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+484-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 996-tone RU.

另一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中存在40MHz被打孔。该方式中,打孔字段指示信息还用于指示100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,40MHz位于100MHz中的最低80MHz内,或者说,40MHz不包括100MHz中最高20MHz。In another alternative implementation, 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punched. In this approach, the punching field indication information is also used to indicate that 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punched, and that the 40MHz band is within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or that the 40MHz band does not include the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,100MHz中未被打孔的60MHz可以对应一个484+242-tone MRU,从而100MHz信道可以包括484+242-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道可以包括484+242-tone MRU。In one optional implementation, when 40MHz of 100MHz is punctured, the 60MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 484+242-tone MRU, so the 100MHz channel can include a 484+242-tone MRU. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include a 484+242-tone MRU.

另一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,100MHz中未被打孔的每个20MHz可以对应一个242-tone MRU,从而100MHz信道可以包括242+242+242-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括242+242+242-tone MRU。In another optional implementation, when 40MHz of 100MHz is punctured, each 20MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 242-tone MRU, so the 100MHz channel can include 242+242+242-tone MRUs. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 242+242+242-tone MRUs.

可见,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道可以包括484+242-tone MRU,或者,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括242+242+242-tone MRU。It can be seen that when 40MHz of 100MHz is punched, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 484+242-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 242+242+242-tone MRU.

一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU的传输模式为非正交频分多址传输。In one optional implementation, the transmission mode of the first PPDU is non-orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission.

另一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU的传输模式为正交频分多址传输。In another alternative implementation, the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission.

一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU的传输模式为正交频分多址传输,且第一PPDU还包括打孔字段指示信息时,不论打孔字段指示信息指示100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,还是指示100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,160MHz中最低80MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,最高80MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,且最高80MHz对应的一个4比特为1000。其中,160MHz中最低80MHz对应的一个4比特用于指示该最低80MHz中的20MHz或40MHz被打孔,最高80MHz对应的一个4比特用于指示该最高80MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔。In one optional implementation, when the first PPDU is transmitted in Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) mode and also includes puncture field indication information, regardless of whether the puncture field indication information indicates that 20MHz of 100MHz is punctured or 40MHz of 100MHz is punctured, the lowest 80MHz of 160MHz corresponds to a 4-bit puncture indication, and the highest 80MHz corresponds to a 4-bit puncture indication, with the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 80MHz being 1000. Specifically, the 4-bit corresponding to the lowest 80MHz of 160MHz is used to indicate that 20MHz or 40MHz of that lowest 80MHz is punctured, and the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 80MHz is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz of that highest 80MHz is punctured.

一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU的传输模式为正交频分多址传输,且传输第一PPDU的100MHz存在打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道在低80MHz包括第一内容信道和第二内容信道,在高20MHz包括第三内容信道。其中,第一内容信道、第二内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载四个资源单元分配字段。第一内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载的四个资源单元分配字段中,三个资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配,一个资源单元分配字段为预留字段或用于指示打孔信息或用于指示预留信息。第二内容信道承载的四个资源单元分配字段中,两个资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配,两个资源单元分配字段为预留字段或用于指示打孔信息或用于指示预留信息。In one optional implementation, the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA), and when puncturing occurs in the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz, and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz. The first, second, and third content channels each carry four resource unit allocation fields. Of the four resource unit allocation fields carried by the first and third content channels, three are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs, and one is a reserved field, used to indicate puncturing information, or used to indicate reserved information. Of the four resource unit allocation fields carried by the second content channel, two are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs, and two are reserved fields, used to indicate puncturing information, or used to indicate reserved information.

一种可能的实现方式,第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段位于第二公共编码块,第三内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块。也就是说,第一内容信道的公共字段、第二内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段可以分别位于一个公共编码块,可节省开销。该方式中,第一公共编码块、第二公共编码块和第三公共编码块分别承载四个资源单元分配字段。One possible implementation is that the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block. That is, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels can each be located in a separate common coding block, saving overhead. In this approach, the first, second, and third common coding blocks each carry four resource unit allocation fields.

一种可能的实现方式,第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块和第二公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块和第四公共编码块,第三内容信道的公共字段位于第五公共编码块和第六公共编码块。也就是说,第一内容信道的公共字段、第二内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段可以分别位于两个公共编码块。该方式中,第一公共编码块、第二公共编码块、第三公共编码块、第四公共编码块、第五公共编码块和第六公共编码块分别承载两个资源单元分配字段。One possible implementation is that the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first and second common coding blocks, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third and fourth common coding blocks, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fifth and sixth common coding blocks. That is, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels can each be located in two separate common coding blocks. In this implementation, the first, second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields.

一种可选的实施方式中,传输第一PPDU的100MHz属于非授权频段中的5735MHz至5835MHz。该方式可使得非授权频段中的5735MHz至5835MHz被充分利用,可提高频谱效率。In one alternative implementation, the 100MHz transmitted for the first PPDU falls within the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz. This approach allows for full utilization of the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz, thereby improving spectral efficiency.

一种可能的实现方式,传输第一PPDU的100MHz属于授权频段。例如,在特定环境中,授权频段中存在100MHz带宽相对可用,则第一设备可以充分利用该100MHz带宽传输信息,提高频谱利用率。One possible implementation is that the 100MHz bandwidth for transmitting the first PPDU belongs to a licensed frequency band. For example, in a specific environment, if there is a relatively available 100MHz bandwidth in the licensed frequency band, the first device can make full use of this 100MHz bandwidth to transmit information, thereby improving spectrum utilization.

第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法与第一方面的通信方法对应,该方法可以由第二设备执行,这里的第二设备既可以指第二设备本身,也可以指第二设备中实现该方法的处理器、模块、芯片、或芯片系统等。该方法中,第二设备接收第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU,第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息,带宽字段指示信息用于指示第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz。第二设备解析第一PPDU。Thirdly, embodiments of this application provide a communication method corresponding to the communication method of the first aspect. This method can be executed by a second device, which can refer to the second device itself or a processor, module, chip, or chip system within the second device that implements the method. In this method, the second device receives a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU), which includes bandwidth field indication information indicating that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz. The second device then parses the first PPDU.

可见,本申请实施例中,第二设备接收到带宽为100MHz的第一PPDU,可实现100MHz的数据传输。该方式与第二设备接收协议已定义的PPDU相比,可提高频谱利用率。As can be seen, in this embodiment of the application, the second device receives a first PPDU with a bandwidth of 100MHz, enabling data transmission at 100MHz. Compared with the second device receiving a PPDU with a predefined protocol, this method improves spectrum utilization.

一种可能的实现方式,带宽字段指示信息为带宽字段。一种可能的实现方式,第一PPDUB包括通用信令字段,通用信令字段包括带宽字段,带宽字段用于指示第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz。One possible implementation is that the bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth information. Another possible implementation is that the first PPDUB includes a general signaling field, which includes a bandwidth field used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDUB is 100MHz.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的80MH可以对应996-tone资源单元RU,20MHz可以对应242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括996+242-tone多资源单元MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括996+242-tone MRU。In one optional implementation, 80MHz of 100MHz can correspond to a 996-tone resource unit (RU), and 20MHz can correspond to a 242-tone RU. Thus, a 100MHz channel can include 996+242-tone multiple resource units (MRUs). For example, a 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes 996+242-tone MRUs.

可见,100MHz不存在打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道可以包括996+242-tone MRU。It can be seen that when there is no puncturing in 100MHz, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 996+242-tone MRU.

另一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的40MHz可以对应一个484-tone RU,其余三个20MHz可以分别对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括一个484-tone RU和三个242-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个484-tone RU和三个242-tone RU。In another optional implementation, 40MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to one 484-tone RU, and the remaining three 20MHz can each correspond to one 242-tone RU. Thus, the 100MHz channel can include one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中五个20MHz可以分别对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括五个242-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括五个242-tone RU。In another alternative implementation, the five 20MHz channels in the 100MHz channel can each correspond to a 242-tone RU, so the 100MHz channel can include five 242-tone RUs, for example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes five 242-tone RUs.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的两个40MHz可以分别对应一个484-tone RU,另外一个20MHz可以对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括一个242-tone RU和两个484-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个242-tone RU和两个484-tone RU。In another optional implementation, the two 40MHz channels in the 100MHz channel can each correspond to a 484-tone RU, and the other 20MHz channel can correspond to a 242-tone RU. Thus, the 100MHz channel can include a 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的80MHz可以对应一个996-tone RU,20MHz可以对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括一个242-tone RU和一个996-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个242-tone RU和一个996-tone RU。In another optional implementation, 80MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to a 996-tone RU and 20MHz can correspond to a 242-tone RU, so the 100MHz channel can include a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的60MHz可以对应一个484+242-tone MRU,40MHz可以对应一个484-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括一个484+242-tone MRU和一个484-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个484+242-tone MRU和一个484-tone RU。In another optional implementation, 60MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to a 484+242-tone MRU, and 40MHz can correspond to a 484-tone RU. Thus, the 100MHz channel can include a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的60MHz可以对应一个484+242-tone MRU,其余两个20MHz可以分别对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括一个484+242-tone MRU和两个242-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个484+242-tone MRU和两个242-tone RU。In another optional implementation, 60MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to one 484+242-tone MRU, and the other two 20MHz can each correspond to one 242-tone RU. Thus, the 100MHz channel can include one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs.

可见,100MHz不存在打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括的RU/MRU可以是根据协议已定义的一种或多种RU/MRU进行组合获得的,该方式可减少实现的复杂度。It is evident that when there is no puncturing in 100MHz, the RU/MRU included in the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can be obtained by combining one or more RU/MRUs as defined in the protocol, which can reduce the complexity of implementation.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中存在20MHz被打孔。该方式中,第一PPDU还包括打孔字段指示信息,打孔字段指示信息用于指示100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,20MHz位于100MHz中的最低80MHz内,或者说,20MHz不为100MHz中的最高20MHz。In one optional implementation, 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punched. In this method, the first PPDU further includes punched field indication information, which indicates that 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punched, and that the 20MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or in other words, the 20MHz band is not the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band.

一种可能的实现方式,打孔字段指示信息为打孔字段。一种可能的实现方式,第一PPDU包括通用信令字段,通用信令字段包包括打孔字段,打孔字段用于指示100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,20MHz位于100MHz中的最低80MHz内。One possible implementation is that the puncturing field indicates information as a puncturing field. Another possible implementation is that the first PPDU includes a general signaling field, the general signaling field packet including the puncturing field, the puncturing field indicating that 20MHz within 100MHz is punctured, and the 20MHz is located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,100MHz中未被打孔的40MHz可以对应484-tone MRU,以及未被打孔的其余两个200MHz可以分别对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括484+242+242-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU。In one optional implementation, when 20MHz of the 100MHz is punctured, the 40MHz of the 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 484-tone MRU, and the other two 200MHz that are not punctured can each correspond to a 242-tone RU. Thus, the 100MHz channel can include 484+242+242-tone MRUs. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+242+242-tone MRUs.

另一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,100MHz中未被打孔的两个40MHz可以分别对应一个484-tone MRU,且未被打孔的两个40MHz是连续的或非连续的,从而100MHz信道可以包括484+484-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+484-tone MRU,该484+484-tone MRU中的两个484子载波为连续的或非连续的。In another optional implementation, when 20MHz of the 100MHz is punctured, the two 40MHz channels that are not punctured in the 100MHz can each correspond to a 484-tone MRU, and the two 40MHz channels that are not punctured can be continuous or non-contiguous. Thus, the 100MHz channel can include 484+484-tone MRU. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+484-tone MRU, and the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU can be continuous or non-contiguous.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,100MHz中未被打孔的80MHz可以对应一个996-tone RU,该未被打孔的80MHz可以是连续的或者可以是非连续的,从而100MHz信道可以包括996-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括996-tone RU,996-tone RU中的996子载波为连续的或非连续的。In another optional implementation, when 20MHz of 100MHz is punctured, the 80MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 996-tone RU. The 80MHz that is not punctured can be continuous or discontinuous, so the 100MHz channel can include a 996-tone RU. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 996-tone RU, and the 996 subcarriers in the 996-tone RU can be continuous or discontinuous.

可见,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU,或者,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+484-tone MRU,或者传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括996-tone RU。It can be seen that when 20MHz of 100MHz is punctured, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+242+242-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+484-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 996-tone RU.

另一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中存在40MHz被打孔。该方式中,第一PPDU还包括打孔字段指示信息,打孔字段指示信息用于指示100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,40MHz位于100MHz中的最低80MHz内,或者说,40MHz不包括100MHz中最高20MHz。In another alternative implementation, 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punched. In this method, the first PPDU also includes punch field indication information, which indicates that 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punched, and that the 40MHz band is within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or that the 40MHz band does not include the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band.

一种可能的实现方式,打孔字段指示信息为打孔字段。一种可能的实现方式,第一PPDU包括通用信令字段,通用信令字段包包括打孔字段,打孔字段用于指示100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,40MHz位于100MHz中的最低80MHz内。One possible implementation is that the puncturing field indicates information as a puncturing field. Another possible implementation is that the first PPDU includes a general signaling field, the general signaling field packet including the puncturing field, the puncturing field indicating that 40MHz within 100MHz is punctured, and the 40MHz is located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,100MHz中未被打孔的60MHz可以对应一个484+242-tone MRU,从而100MHz信道可以包括484+242-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道可以包括484+242-tone MRU。In one optional implementation, when 40MHz of 100MHz is punctured, the 60MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 484+242-tone MRU, so the 100MHz channel can include a 484+242-tone MRU. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include a 484+242-tone MRU.

另一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,100MHz中未被打孔的每个20MHz可以对应一个242-tone MRU,从而100MHz信道可以包括242+242+242-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括242+242+242-tone MRU。In another optional implementation, when 40MHz of 100MHz is punctured, each 20MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 242-tone MRU, so the 100MHz channel can include 242+242+242-tone MRUs. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 242+242+242-tone MRUs.

可见,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道可以包括484+242-tone MRU,或者,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括242+242+242-tone MRU。It can be seen that when 40MHz of 100MHz is punched, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 484+242-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 242+242+242-tone MRU.

一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU的传输模式为非正交频分多址传输。In one optional implementation, the transmission mode of the first PPDU is non-orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission.

另一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU的传输模式为正交频分多址传输。In another alternative implementation, the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission.

一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU的传输模式为正交频分多址传输,且第一PPDU还包括打孔字段指示信息时,不论打孔字段指示信息指示100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,还是指示100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,该100MHz中最低80MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,最高20MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,且最高20MHz对应的一个4比特为1111。其中,100MHz中最低80MHz对应的一个4比特用于指示该最低80MHz中的20MHz或40MHz被打孔,最高20MHz对应的一个4比特用于指示该最高20MHz不被打孔。In one optional implementation, when the first PPDU is transmitted in Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) mode and the first PPDU also includes puncture field indication information, regardless of whether the puncture field indication information indicates that 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punctured or that 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punctured, the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band corresponds to a 4-bit puncture indication, and the highest 20MHz band corresponds to a 4-bit puncture indication, with the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 20MHz band being 1111. Specifically, the 4-bit corresponding to the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band is used to indicate that either 20MHz or 40MHz of the lowest 80MHz band is punctured, and the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 20MHz band is used to indicate that the highest 20MHz band is not punctured.

一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU的传输模式为正交频分多址传输,且传输第一PPDU的100MHz存在打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道在低80MHz包括第一内容信道和第二内容信道,在高20MHz包括第三内容信道。其中,第一内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载三个资源单元分配字段,第二内容信道承载两个资源单元分配字段,第一内容信道、第二内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载的资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配。In one optional implementation, the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA), and when puncturing occurs in the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz, and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz. The first and third content channels each carry three resource element allocation fields, and the second content channel carries two resource element allocation fields. The resource element allocation fields carried by the first, second, and third content channels are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs.

一种可能的实现方式,第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段位于第二公共编码块,第三内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块。也就是说,第一内容信道的公共字段、第二内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段可以分别位于一个公共编码块,可节省开销。该方式中,第一公共编码块和第三公共编码块分别承载三个资源单元分配字段,第二公共编码块承载两个资源单元分配字段。One possible implementation is that the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block. That is, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels can each be located in a separate common coding block, saving overhead. In this approach, the first and third common coding blocks each carry three resource unit allocation fields, while the second common coding block carries two resource unit allocation fields.

一种可能的实现方式,第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块和第二公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块,第三内容信道的公共字段位于第四公共编码块和第五公共编码块。也就是说,第一内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段可以分别位于两个公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段可以位于一个公共编码块。该方式中,第一公共编码块、第三公共编码块和第四公共编码块分别承载两个资源单元分配字段,第二公共编码块和第五公共编码块分别承载一个资源单元分配字段。One possible implementation is that the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first and second common coding blocks, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third common coding block, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fourth and fifth common coding blocks. That is, the common fields of the first and third content channels can each be located in two different common coding blocks, while the common field of the second content channel can be located in one common coding block. In this implementation, the first, third, and fourth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields, while the second and fifth common coding blocks each carry one resource unit allocation field.

另一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU的传输模式为正交频分多址传输,且传输第一PPDU的100MHz存在打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道在低80MHz包括第一内容信道和第二内容信道,在高20MHz包括第三内容信道。In another optional implementation, the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission, and when there is puncturing in the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz, and includes a third content channel in the upper 20MHz.

其中,第一内容信道、第二内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载三个资源单元分配字段。第一内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载的三个资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配。第二内容信道承载的三个资源单元分配字段中,两个资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配,一个资源单元分配字段为预留字段或用于指示打孔信息或用于指示预留信息。The first, second, and third content channels each carry three resource unit allocation fields. The three resource unit allocation fields carried by the first and third content channels are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs. Of the three resource unit allocation fields carried by the second content channel, two are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs, and one is a reserved field, used to indicate punching information, or used to indicate reserved information.

一种可能的实现方式,第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段位于第二公共编码块,第三内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块。也就是说,第一内容信道的公共字段、第二内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段可以分别位于一个公共编码块,可节省开销。该方式中,第一公共编码块、第二公共编码块和第三公共编码块分别承载三个资源单元分配字段。One possible implementation is that the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block. That is, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels can each be located in a separate common coding block, saving overhead. In this approach, the first, second, and third common coding blocks each carry three resource unit allocation fields.

一种可能的实现方式,第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块和第二公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块和第四公共编码块,第三内容信道的公共字段位于第五公共编码块和第六公共编码块。也就是说,第一内容信道的公共字段、第二内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段分别位于两个公共编码块。该方式中,第一公共编码块、第三公共编码块和第五公共编码块分别承载两个资源单元分配字段,第二公共编码块、第四编码块和第六公共编码块分别承载一个资源单元分配字段。或者,第一公共编码块、第三公共编码块和第五公共编码块分别承载两个资源单元分配字段,第二公共编码块、第四公共编码块和第六公共编码块分别承载一个预留字段。One possible implementation is that the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first and second common coding blocks, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third and fourth common coding blocks, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fifth and sixth common coding blocks. That is, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels are each located in two common coding blocks. In this implementation, the first, third, and fifth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields, and the second, fourth, and sixth common coding blocks each carry one resource unit allocation field. Alternatively, the first, third, and fifth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields, and the second, fourth, and sixth common coding blocks each carry one reserved field.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz属于非授权频段中的5735MHz至5835MHz,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz属于非授权频段中的5735MHz至5835MHz。该方式可使得非授权频段中的5735MHz至5835MHz被充分利用,可提高频谱效率。In one alternative implementation, 100MHz belongs to the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz, for example, the 100MHz used to transmit the first PPDU belongs to the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz. This approach allows for full utilization of the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz, thereby improving spectral efficiency.

一种可能的实现方式,100MHz属于授权频段,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz属于授权频段。例如,在特定环境中,授权频段中存在100MHz带宽相对可用,则第一设备可以充分利用该100MHz带宽传输信息,提高频谱利用率。One possible implementation is that 100MHz belongs to a licensed frequency band, for example, the 100MHz used to transmit the first PPDU belongs to a licensed frequency band. For instance, in a specific environment, if there is a relatively available 100MHz bandwidth in the licensed frequency band, the first device can make full use of this 100MHz bandwidth to transmit information, thereby improving spectrum utilization.

第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法与第二方面的通信方法对应,该方法可以由第二设备执行,这里的第二设备既可以指第二设备本身,也可以指第二设备中实现该方法的处理器、模块、芯片、或芯片系统等。该方法中,第二设备接收第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU,第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息和打孔字段指示信息,带宽字段指示信息用于指示第一PPDU的带宽为160MHz,打孔字段指示信息用于指示160MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔。第二设备解析第一PPDU。Fourthly, embodiments of this application provide a communication method corresponding to the communication method of the second aspect. This method can be executed by a second device, which can refer to the second device itself or a processor, module, chip, or chip system within the second device that implements the method. In this method, the second device receives a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU). The first PPDU includes bandwidth field indication information and puncturing field indication information. The bandwidth field indication information indicates that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the puncturing field indication information indicates that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured. The second device parses the first PPDU.

可见,本申请实施例中,第二设备接收到的第一PPDU的带宽字段指示信息指示第一PPDU的带宽为160MHz,打孔字段指示信息指示160MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔,因此第二设备接收的第一PPDU实际占用的带宽为100MHz,实现了100MHz的数据传输。该方式与第二设备接收协议已定义的PPDU相比,可提高频谱利用率。As can be seen, in this embodiment, the bandwidth field indication information of the first PPDU received by the second device indicates that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the puncturing field indication information indicates that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured. Therefore, the first PPDU received by the second device actually occupies 100MHz of bandwidth, realizing 100MHz data transmission. Compared with the second device receiving PPDUs with a predefined protocol, this method can improve spectrum utilization.

一种可能的实现方式,带宽字段指示信息为带宽字段。一种可能的实现方式,第一PPDUB包括通用信令字段,通用信令字段包括带宽字段,带宽字段用于指示第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz。One possible implementation is that the bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth information. Another possible implementation is that the first PPDUB includes a general signaling field, which includes a bandwidth field used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDUB is 100MHz.

一种可能的实现方式,打孔字段指示信息为打孔字段。一种可能的实现方式,第一PPDU包括通用信令字段,通用信令字段包包括打孔字段,打孔字段用于指示160MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔。One possible implementation is that the puncture field indicates information as a puncture field. Another possible implementation is that the first PPDU includes a general signaling field, the general signaling field packet including the puncture field, the puncture field being used to indicate that the highest 60MHz in the 160MHz band has been punctured.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的80MH可以对应996-tone资源单元RU,20MHz可以对应242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括996+242-tone多资源单元MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括996+242-tone MRU。In one optional implementation, 80MHz of 100MHz can correspond to a 996-tone resource unit (RU), and 20MHz can correspond to a 242-tone RU. Thus, a 100MHz channel can include 996+242-tone multiple resource units (MRUs). For example, a 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes 996+242-tone MRUs.

可见,100MHz不存在打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道可以包括996+242-tone MRU。It can be seen that when there is no puncturing in 100MHz, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 996+242-tone MRU.

另一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的40MHz可以对应一个484-tone RU,其余三个20MHz可以分别对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括一个484-tone RU和三个242-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个484-tone RU和三个242-tone RU。In another optional implementation, 40MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to one 484-tone RU, and the remaining three 20MHz can each correspond to one 242-tone RU. Thus, the 100MHz channel can include one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中五个20MHz可以分别对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括五个242-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括五个242-tone RU。In another alternative implementation, the five 20MHz channels in the 100MHz channel can each correspond to a 242-tone RU, so the 100MHz channel can include five 242-tone RUs, for example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes five 242-tone RUs.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的两个40MHz可以分别对应一个484-tone RU,另外一个20MHz可以对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括一个242-tone RU和两个484-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个242-tone RU和两个484-tone RU。In another optional implementation, the two 40MHz channels in the 100MHz channel can each correspond to a 484-tone RU, and the other 20MHz channel can correspond to a 242-tone RU. Thus, the 100MHz channel can include a 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的80MHz可以对应一个996-tone RU,20MHz可以对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括一个242-tone RU和一个996-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个242-tone RU和一个996-tone RU。In another optional implementation, 80MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to a 996-tone RU and 20MHz can correspond to a 242-tone RU, so the 100MHz channel can include a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的60MHz可以对应一个484+242-tone MRU,40MHz可以对应一个484-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括一个484+242-tone MRU和一个484-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个484+242-tone MRU和一个484-tone RU。In another optional implementation, 60MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to a 484+242-tone MRU, and 40MHz can correspond to a 484-tone RU. Thus, the 100MHz channel can include a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的60MHz可以对应一个484+242-tone MRU,其余两个20MHz可以分别对应一个242-tone RU,从而100MHz信道可以包括一个484+242-tone MRU和两个242-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个484+242-tone MRU和两个242-tone RU。In another optional implementation, 60MHz of the 100MHz can correspond to one 484+242-tone MRU, and the other two 20MHz can each correspond to one 242-tone RU. Thus, the 100MHz channel can include one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs.

可见,100MHz不存在打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括的RU/MRU可以是根据协议已定义的一种或多种RU/MRU进行组合获得的,该方式可减少实现的复杂度。It is evident that when there is no puncturing in 100MHz, the RU/MRU included in the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can be obtained by combining one or more RU/MRUs as defined in the protocol, which can reduce the complexity of implementation.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中存在20MHz被打孔。该方式中,打孔字段指示信息还用于指示100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,20MHz位于100MHz中的最低80MHz内,或者说,20MHz不为100MHz中的最高20MHz。In one alternative implementation, 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punched. In this approach, the punching field indication information is also used to indicate that 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punched, and that the 20MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or in other words, the 20MHz band is not the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,100MHz中未被打孔的40MHz可以对应484-tone MRU,以及未被打孔的其余两个200MHz可以分别对应一个242-tone RU从而100MHz信道可以包括484+242+242-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU。In one optional implementation, when 20MHz of the 100MHz is punctured, the 40MHz of the 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 484-tone MRU, and the other two 200MHz that are not punctured can each correspond to a 242-tone RU. Thus, the 100MHz channel can include 484+242+242-tone MRUs. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+242+242-tone MRUs.

另一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,100MHz中未被打孔的两个40MHz可以分别对应一个484-tone MRU,且未被打孔的两个40MHz是连续的或非连续的,从而100MHz信道可以包括484+484-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+484-tone MRU,该484+484-tone MRU中的两个484子载波为连续的或非连续的。In another optional implementation, when 20MHz of the 100MHz is punctured, the two 40MHz channels that are not punctured in the 100MHz can each correspond to a 484-tone MRU, and the two 40MHz channels that are not punctured can be continuous or non-contiguous. Thus, the 100MHz channel can include 484+484-tone MRU. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+484-tone MRU, and the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU can be continuous or non-contiguous.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,100MHz中未被打孔的80MHz可以对应一个996-tone RU,该未被打孔的80MHz可以是连续的或者可以是非连续的,从而100MHz信道可以包括996-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括996-tone RU,996-tone RU中的996子载波为连续的或非连续的。In another optional implementation, when 20MHz of 100MHz is punctured, the 80MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 996-tone RU. The 80MHz that is not punctured can be continuous or discontinuous, so the 100MHz channel can include a 996-tone RU. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 996-tone RU, and the 996 subcarriers in the 996-tone RU can be continuous or discontinuous.

可见,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU,或者,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+484-tone MRU,或者传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括996-tone RU。It can be seen that when 20MHz of 100MHz is punctured, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+242+242-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+484-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 996-tone RU.

另一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中存在40MHz被打孔。该方式中,打孔字段指示信息还用于指示100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,40MHz位于100MHz中的最低80MHz内,或者说,40MHz不包括100MHz中最高20MHz。In another alternative implementation, 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punched. In this approach, the punching field indication information is also used to indicate that 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punched, and that the 40MHz band is within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or that the 40MHz band does not include the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,100MHz中未被打孔的60MHz可以对应一个484+242-tone MRU,从而100MHz信道可以包括484+242-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道可以包括484+242-tone MRU。In one optional implementation, when 40MHz of 100MHz is punctured, the 60MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 484+242-tone MRU, so the 100MHz channel can include a 484+242-tone MRU. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include a 484+242-tone MRU.

另一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,100MHz中未被打孔的每个20MHz可以对应一个242-tone MRU,从而100MHz信道可以包括242+242+242-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括242+242+242-tone MRU。In another optional implementation, when 40MHz of 100MHz is punctured, each 20MHz of 100MHz that is not punctured can correspond to a 242-tone MRU, so the 100MHz channel can include 242+242+242-tone MRUs. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 242+242+242-tone MRUs.

可见,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道可以包括484+242-tone MRU,或者,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括242+242+242-tone MRU。It can be seen that when 40MHz of 100MHz is punched, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 484+242-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 242+242+242-tone MRU.

一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU的传输模式为非正交频分多址传输。In one optional implementation, the transmission mode of the first PPDU is non-orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission.

另一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU的传输模式为正交频分多址传输。In another alternative implementation, the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission.

一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU的传输模式为正交频分多址传输,且第一PPDU还包括打孔字段指示信息时,不论打孔字段指示信息指示100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,还是指示100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,160MHz中最低80MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,最高80MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,且最高80MHz对应的一个4比特为1000。其中,160MHz中最低80MHz对应的一个4比特用于指示该最低80MHz中的20MHz或40MHz被打孔,最高80MHz对应的一个4比特用于指示该最高80MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔。In one optional implementation, when the first PPDU is transmitted in Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) mode and also includes puncture field indication information, regardless of whether the puncture field indication information indicates that 20MHz of 100MHz is punctured or 40MHz of 100MHz is punctured, the lowest 80MHz of 160MHz corresponds to a 4-bit puncture indication, and the highest 80MHz corresponds to a 4-bit puncture indication, with the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 80MHz being 1000. Specifically, the 4-bit corresponding to the lowest 80MHz of 160MHz is used to indicate that 20MHz or 40MHz of that lowest 80MHz is punctured, and the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 80MHz is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz of that highest 80MHz is punctured.

一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU的传输模式为正交频分多址传输,且传输第一PPDU的100MHz存在打孔时,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道在低80MHz包括第一内容信道和第二内容信道,在高20MHz包括第三内容信道。其中,第一内容信道、第二内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载四个资源单元分配字段。第一内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载的四个资源单元分配字段中,三个资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配,一个资源单元分配字段为预留字段或用于指示打孔信息或用于指示预留信息。第二内容信道承载的四个资源单元分配字段中,两个资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配,两个资源单元分配字段为预留字段或用于指示打孔信息或用于指示预留信息。In one optional implementation, the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA), and when puncturing occurs in the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz, and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz. The first, second, and third content channels each carry four resource unit allocation fields. Of the four resource unit allocation fields carried by the first and third content channels, three are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs, and one is a reserved field, used to indicate puncturing information, or used to indicate reserved information. Of the four resource unit allocation fields carried by the second content channel, two are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs, and two are reserved fields, used to indicate puncturing information, or used to indicate reserved information.

一种可能的实现方式,第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段位于第二公共编码块,第三内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块。也就是说,第一内容信道的公共字段、第二内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段可以分别位于一个公共编码块,可节省开销。该方式中,第一公共编码块、第二公共编码块和第三公共编码块分别承载四个资源单元分配字段。One possible implementation is that the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block. That is, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels can each be located in a separate common coding block, saving overhead. In this approach, the first, second, and third common coding blocks each carry four resource unit allocation fields.

一种可能的实现方式,第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块和第二公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块和第四公共编码块,第三内容信道的公共字段位于第五公共编码块和第六公共编码块。也就是说,第一内容信道的公共字段、第二内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段可以分别位于两个公共编码块。该方式中,第一公共编码块、第二公共编码块、第三公共编码块、第四公共编码块、第五公共编码块和第六公共编码块分别承载两个资源单元分配字段。One possible implementation is that the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first and second common coding blocks, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third and fourth common coding blocks, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fifth and sixth common coding blocks. That is, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels can each be located in two separate common coding blocks. In this implementation, the first, second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields.

一种可选的实施方式中,传输第一PPDU的100MHz属于非授权频段中的5735MHz至5835MHz。该方式可使得非授权频段中的5735MHz至5835MHz被充分利用,可提高频谱效率。In one alternative implementation, the 100MHz transmitted for the first PPDU falls within the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz. This approach allows for full utilization of the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz, thereby improving spectral efficiency.

一种可能的实现方式,传输第一PPDU的100MHz属于授权频段。例如,在特定环境中,授权频段中存在100MHz带宽相对可用,则第一设备可以充分利用该100MHz带宽传输信息,提高频谱利用率。One possible implementation is that the 100MHz bandwidth for transmitting the first PPDU belongs to a licensed frequency band. For example, in a specific environment, if there is a relatively available 100MHz bandwidth in the licensed frequency band, the first device can make full use of this 100MHz bandwidth to transmit information, thereby improving spectrum utilization.

第五方面,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置。该通信装置具有实现上述第一方面所述的第一设备的部分或全部功能,或者,实现上述第二方面所述的第一设备的部分或全部功能,或者,实现上述第三方面所述的第二设备的部分或全部功能,或者,实现上述第四方面所述的第二设备的部分或全部功能。比如,该通信装置的功能可具备本申请实施例中第一方面所述的第一设备的部分或全部实施例中的功能,也可以具备单独实施本申请实施例中的任一个实施例的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。Fifthly, embodiments of this application also provide a communication device. This communication device has the functions of implementing some or all of the functions of the first device described in the first aspect, or implementing some or all of the functions of the first device described in the second aspect, or implementing some or all of the functions of the second device described in the third aspect, or implementing some or all of the functions of the second device described in the fourth aspect. For example, the communication device may possess some or all of the functions of the first device described in the first aspect of this application, or it may possess the functions of any one of the embodiments of this application implemented individually. The functions can be implemented by hardware or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above functions.

在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置的结构中可包括处理单元和通信单元,所述处理单元被配置为支持通信装置执行上述方法中相应的功能。所述通信单元用于支持该通信装置与其他通信装置之间的通信。所述通信装置还可以包括存储单元,所述存储单元用于与处理单元和通信单元耦合,其保存通信装置必要的程序指令和数据。In one possible design, the communication device may include a processing unit and a communication unit. The processing unit is configured to support the communication device in performing the corresponding functions described in the above method. The communication unit is used to support communication between the communication device and other communication devices. The communication device may also include a storage unit coupled to the processing unit and the communication unit, which stores necessary program instructions and data for the communication device.

一种实施方式中,所述通信装置包括:处理单元和通信单元,所述装置应用于第一设备;In one embodiment, the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit, and the device is applied to a first device;

所述处理单元,用于生成第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU,所述第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息,所述带宽字段指示信息用于指示所述第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz;The processing unit is used to generate a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU), the first PPDU including bandwidth field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information being used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz;

所述通信单元,用于采用100MHz信道发送所述第一PPDU。The communication unit is used to transmit the first PPDU using a 100MHz channel.

另外,该方面中,通信装置其他可选的实施方式可参见上述第一方面的相关内容,此处不再详述。In addition, other alternative implementations of the communication device in this regard can be found in the relevant content of the first aspect above, and will not be described in detail here.

另一种实施方式中,所述通信装置包括:处理单元和通信单元,所述装置应用于第一设备;In another embodiment, the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit, and the device is applied to the first device;

所述处理单元,用于生成第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU;所述第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息和打孔字段指示信息,所述带宽字段指示信息用于指示所述第一PPDU的带宽为160MHz,所述打孔字段指示信息用于指示所述160MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔;The processing unit is used to generate a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU); the first PPDU includes bandwidth field indication information and puncturing field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information is used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the puncturing field indication information is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured.

所述通信单元,用于采用所述160MHz中最高60MHz打孔后剩余的100MHz信道发送所述第一PPDU。The communication unit is used to transmit the first PPDU using the remaining 100MHz channel after punching the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz.

另外,该方面中,通信装置其他可选的实施方式可参见上述第二方面的相关内容,此处不再详述。In addition, other alternative implementations of the communication device in this regard can be found in the relevant content of the second aspect above, and will not be described in detail here.

一种实施方式中,所述通信装置包括:处理单元和通信单元,所述装置应用于第二设备;In one embodiment, the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit, and the device is applied to a second device;

所述通信单元,用于接收第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU,所述第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息,所述带宽字段指示信息用于指示所述第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz;The communication unit is used to receive a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU), the first PPDU including bandwidth field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information being used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz;

所述处理单元,用于解析所述第一PPDU。The processing unit is used to parse the first PPDU.

另外,该方面中,通信装置其他可选的实施方式可参见上述第三方面的相关内容,此处不再详述。In addition, other alternative implementations of the communication device in this regard can be found in the relevant content of the third aspect above, and will not be described in detail here.

一种实施方式中,所述通信装置包括:处理单元和通信单元,所述装置应用于第二设备;In one embodiment, the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit, and the device is applied to a second device;

所述通信单元,用于接收第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU;所述第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息和打孔字段指示信息,所述带宽字段指示信息用于指示所述第一PPDU的带宽为160MHz,所述打孔字段指示信息用于指示所述160MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔;The communication unit is used to receive a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU); the first PPDU includes bandwidth field indication information and puncturing field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information is used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the puncturing field indication information is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured.

所述处理单元,用于解析所述第一PPDU。The processing unit is used to parse the first PPDU.

另外,该方面中,通信装置其他可选的实施方式可参见上述第四方面的相关内容,此处不再详述。In addition, other alternative implementations of the communication device in this regard can be found in the relevant content of the fourth aspect above, and will not be described in detail here.

作为示例,通信单元可以为收发器或通信接口,存储单元可以为存储器,处理单元可以为处理器。As an example, the communication unit can be a transceiver or a communication interface, the storage unit can be a memory, and the processing unit can be a processor.

一种实施方式中,所述通信装置包括:处理器和收发器,所述装置应用于第一设备;In one embodiment, the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, the device being applied to a first device;

所述处理器,用于生成第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU,所述第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息,所述带宽字段指示信息用于指示所述第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz;The processor is configured to generate a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU), the first PPDU including bandwidth field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information being used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz;

所述收发器,用于采用100MHz信道发送所述第一PPDU。The transceiver is used to transmit the first PPDU using a 100MHz channel.

另外,该方面中,通信装置其他可选的实施方式可参见上述第一方面的相关内容,此处不再详述。In addition, other alternative implementations of the communication device in this regard can be found in the relevant content of the first aspect above, and will not be described in detail here.

另一种实施方式中,所述通信装置包括:处理器和收发器,所述装置应用于第一设备;In another embodiment, the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, the device being applied to the first device;

所述处理器,用于生成第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU;所述第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息和打孔字段指示信息,所述带宽字段指示信息用于指示所述第一PPDU的带宽为160MHz,所述打孔字段指示信息用于指示所述160MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔;The processor is used to generate a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU); the first PPDU includes bandwidth field indication information and puncturing field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information is used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the puncturing field indication information is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured.

所述收发器,用于采用所述160MHz中最高60MHz打孔后剩余的100MHz信道发送所述第一PPDU。The transceiver is used to transmit the first PPDU using the remaining 100MHz channel after puncturing the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz.

另外,该方面中,通信装置其他可选的实施方式可参见上述第二方面的相关内容,此处不再详述。In addition, other alternative implementations of the communication device in this regard can be found in the relevant content of the second aspect above, and will not be described in detail here.

又一种实施方式中,所述通信装置包括:处理器和收发器,所述装置应用于第二设备;In another embodiment, the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, the device being applied to a second device;

所述收发器,用于接收第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU,所述第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息,所述带宽字段指示信息用于指示所述第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz;The transceiver is used to receive a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU), the first PPDU including bandwidth field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information being used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz;

所述处理器,用于解析所述第一PPDU。The processor is used to parse the first PPDU.

另外,该方面中,通信装置其他可选的实施方式可参见上述第三方面的相关内容,此处不再详述。In addition, other alternative implementations of the communication device in this regard can be found in the relevant content of the third aspect above, and will not be described in detail here.

又一种实施方式中,所述通信装置包括:处理器和收发器,所述装置应用于第二设备;In another embodiment, the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, the device being applied to a second device;

所述收发器,用于接收第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU;The transceiver is used to receive the first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU).

所述第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息和打孔字段指示信息,所述带宽字段指示信息用于指示所述第一PPDU的带宽为160MHz,所述打孔字段指示信息用于指示所述160MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔;The first PPDU includes bandwidth field indication information and punch field indication information. The bandwidth field indication information is used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the punch field indication information is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punched.

所述处理器,用于解析所述第一PPDU。The processor is used to parse the first PPDU.

另外,该方面中,通信装置其他可选的实施方式可参见上述第四方面的相关内容,此处不再详述。In addition, other alternative implementations of the communication device in this regard can be found in the relevant content of the fourth aspect above, and will not be described in detail here.

另一种实施方式中,该通信装置为芯片或芯片系统。所述处理单元也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路;所述通信单元可以是该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。In another embodiment, the communication device is a chip or chip system. The processing unit may also be a processing circuit or logic circuit; the communication unit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin, or related circuit on the chip or chip system.

在实现过程中,处理器可用于进行,例如但不限于,基带相关处理,收发器可用于进行,例如但不限于,射频收发。上述器件可以分别设置在彼此独立的芯片上,也可以至少部分的或者全部的设置在同一块芯片上。例如,处理器可以进一步划分为模拟基带处理器和数字基带处理器。其中,模拟基带处理器可以与收发器集成在同一块芯片上,数字基带处理器可以设置在独立的芯片上。随着集成电路技术的不断发展,可以在同一块芯片上集成的器件越来越多。例如,数字基带处理器可以与多种应用处理器(例如但不限于图形处理器,多媒体处理器等)集成在同一块芯片之上。这样的芯片可以称为片上系统(system on a chip,SoC)。将各个器件独立设置在不同的芯片上,还是整合设置在一个或者多个芯片上,往往取决于产品设计的需要。本申请实施例对上述器件的实现形式不做限定。In implementation, the processor can be used for, but is not limited to, baseband-related processing, and the transceiver can be used for, but is not limited to, radio frequency transceiver. These devices can be disposed on separate chips, or at least partially or entirely on the same chip. For example, the processor can be further divided into analog baseband processors and digital baseband processors. The analog baseband processor can be integrated with the transceiver on the same chip, while the digital baseband processor can be disposed on a separate chip. With the continuous development of integrated circuit technology, more and more devices can be integrated on the same chip. For example, a digital baseband processor can be integrated with multiple application processors (e.g., but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.) on the same chip. Such a chip can be called a system-on-a-chip (SoC). Whether the devices are disposed independently on different chips or integrated on one or more chips often depends on the needs of the product design. This application does not limit the implementation form of the above-mentioned devices.

第六方面,本申请实施例还提供一种处理器,用于执行上述各种方法。在执行这些方法的过程中,上述方法中有关发送上述信息和接收上述信息的过程,可以理解为由处理器输出上述信息的过程,以及处理器接收输入的上述信息的过程。在输出上述信息时,处理器将该上述信息输出给收发器,以便由收发器进行发射。该上述信息在由处理器输出之后,还可能需要进行其他的处理,然后才到达收发器。类似的,处理器接收输入的上述信息时,收发器接收该上述信息,并将其输入处理器。更进一步的,在收发器收到该上述信息之后,该上述信息可能需要进行其他的处理,然后才输入处理器。Sixthly, embodiments of this application also provide a processor for executing the various methods described above. During the execution of these methods, the processes related to sending and receiving the aforementioned information can be understood as the processor outputting the aforementioned information and the processor receiving the input information. When outputting the aforementioned information, the processor outputs the information to a transceiver for transmission. After being output by the processor, the information may require further processing before reaching the transceiver. Similarly, when the processor receives the input information, the transceiver receives the information and inputs it to the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the information, the information may require further processing before being input to the processor.

对于处理器所涉及的发送和接收等操作,如果没有特殊说明,或者,如果未与其在相关描述中的实际作用或者内在逻辑相抵触,则均可以更加一般性的理解为处理器输出和接收、输入等操作,而不是直接由射频电路和天线所进行的发送和接收操作。Unless otherwise specified, or unless it contradicts its actual function or internal logic in the relevant description, the transmission and reception operations involved by the processor can be more generally understood as processor output and reception, input and other operations, rather than transmission and reception operations directly performed by radio frequency circuits and antennas.

在实现过程中,上述处理器可以是专门用于执行这些方法的处理器,也可以是执行存储器中的计算机指令来执行这些方法的处理器,例如通用处理器。上述存储器可以为非瞬时性(non-transitory)存储器,例如只读存储器(read only memory,ROM),其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。In implementation, the processor can be a dedicated processor for executing these methods, or it can be a processor that executes computer instructions stored in memory to execute these methods, such as a general-purpose processor. The memory can be a non-transitory memory, such as read-only memory (ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip or disposed on different chips. This application does not limit the type of memory or the arrangement of the memory and the processor.

第七方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,该系统包括一个或多个接入点以及一个或多个站点。在另一种可能的设计中,该系统还可以包括与接入点和/或站点进行交互的其他设备/功能网元。Seventhly, embodiments of this application also provide a communication system including one or more access points and one or more sites. In another possible design, the system may further include other devices/functional network elements that interact with the access points and/or sites.

第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于储存指令,当所述指令被计算机运行时,实现上述第一方面至第四方面任一方面所述的方法。Eighthly, embodiments of this application provide a computer-readable storage medium for storing instructions that, when executed by a computer, implement the method described in any one of the first to fourth aspects.

第九方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,实现上述第一方面至第四方面任一方面所述的方法。Ninthly, embodiments of this application also provide a computer program product including instructions that, when run on a computer, implement the method described in any one of the first to fourth aspects.

第十方面,本申请实施例提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器和接口,所述接口用于获取程序或指令,所述处理器用于调用所述程序或指令以实现或者支持第一设备实现第一方面所涉及的功能,或者实现或者支持第一设备实现第二方面所涉及的功能,或者实现或者支持第二设备实现第三方面所涉及的功能,或者实现或者支持第二设备实现第四方面所涉及的功能。例如,确定或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和信息中的至少一种。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存终端必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。Tenthly, embodiments of this application provide a chip system including a processor and an interface. The interface is used to acquire programs or instructions, and the processor is used to invoke the programs or instructions to implement or support a first device in implementing the functions involved in the first aspect, or to implement or support the first device in implementing the functions involved in the second aspect, or to implement or support a second device in implementing the functions involved in the third aspect, or to implement or support a second device in implementing the functions involved in the fourth aspect. For example, determining or processing at least one of the data and information involved in the above methods. In one possible design, the chip system further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data for the terminal. The chip system may be composed of chips or may include chips and other discrete devices.

第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括处理器,用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序或可执行指令,当计算机程序或可执行指令被执行时,使得该装置执行如第一方面至第四方面任一方面各个可能的实现中的方法。Eleventhly, embodiments of this application provide a communication device, including a processor, for executing a computer program or executable instructions stored in a memory, wherein when the computer program or executable instructions are executed, the device performs a method as described in any of the possible implementations of the first to fourth aspects.

在一种可能的实现中,处理器和存储器集成在一起;In one possible implementation, the processor and memory are integrated together;

在另一种可能的实现中,上述存储器位于该通信装置之外。In another possible implementation, the aforementioned memory is located outside the communication device.

第五方面到第十一方面的有益效果可以参考第一方面至第四方面任一方面的有益效果,此处不再赘述。The beneficial effects of aspects five through eleven can be referenced from the beneficial effects of any of aspects one through four, and will not be elaborated here.

附图说明Attached Figure Description

图1是一种系统架构的示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture;

图2是一种EHT MU PPDU的帧结构示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the frame structure of an EHT MU PPDU;

图3是一种信道划分的示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of channel division;

图4是另一种信道划分的示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of another channel division;

图5是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的交互示意图;Figure 5 is an interactive schematic diagram of a communication method provided in an embodiment of this application;

图6是本申请实施例提供的一种UHR PPDU的帧结构示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of the frame structure of a UHR PPDU provided in an embodiment of this application;

图7是本申请实施例提供的一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of a 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图8是本申请实施例提供的另一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel division provided in an embodiment of this application;

图9是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图10是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图11是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图12是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图13是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图14是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图15是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图16是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图17是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图18是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图19是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 19 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图20是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 20 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图21是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 21 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图22是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 22 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图23是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 23 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图24是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 24 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图25是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 25 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图26是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 26 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图27是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 27 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图28是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 28 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图29是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 29 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图30是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 30 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图31是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 31 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图32是本申请实施例提供的又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图;Figure 32 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning provided in an embodiment of this application;

图33是本申请实施例提供一种资源单元分配信息示意图;Figure 33 is a schematic diagram of resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application;

图34是本申请实施例提供另一种资源单元分配信息示意图;Figure 34 is a schematic diagram of another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application;

图35是本申请实施例提供又一种资源单元分配信息示意图;Figure 35 is a schematic diagram of yet another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application;

图36是本申请实施例提供又一种资源单元分配信息示意图;Figure 36 is a schematic diagram of yet another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application;

图37是本申请实施例提供又一种资源单元分配信息示意图;Figure 37 is a schematic diagram of yet another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application;

图38是本申请实施例提供又一种资源单元分配信息示意图;Figure 38 is a schematic diagram of yet another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application;

图39是本申请实施例提供又一种资源单元分配信息示意图;Figure 39 is a schematic diagram of yet another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application;

图40是本申请实施例提供又一种资源单元分配信息示意图;Figure 40 is a schematic diagram of another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application;

图41是本申请实施例提供又一种资源单元分配信息示意图;Figure 41 is a schematic diagram of another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application;

图42是本申请实施例提供又一种资源单元分配信息示意图;Figure 42 is a schematic diagram of another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application;

图43是本申请实施例提供又一种资源单元分配信息示意图;Figure 43 is a schematic diagram of another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application;

图44是本申请实施例提供又一种资源单元分配信息示意图;Figure 44 is a schematic diagram of another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application;

图45是本申请实施例提供又一种资源单元分配信息示意图;Figure 45 is a schematic diagram of yet another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application;

图46是本申请实施例提供又一种资源单元分配信息示意图;Figure 46 is a schematic diagram of yet another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application;

图47是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的交互示意图;Figure 47 is an interactive schematic diagram of another communication method provided in an embodiment of this application;

图48是本申请实施例提供又一种资源单元分配信息示意图;Figure 48 is a schematic diagram of yet another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application;

图49是本申请实施例提供又一种资源单元分配信息示意图;Figure 49 is a schematic diagram of yet another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application;

图50是本申请实施例提供又一种资源单元分配信息示意图;Figure 50 is a schematic diagram of another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application;

图51是本申请实施例提供又一种资源单元分配信息示意图;Figure 51 is a schematic diagram of another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application;

图52是本申请实施例提供又一种资源单元分配信息示意图;Figure 52 is a schematic diagram of another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application;

图53是本申请实施例提供又一种资源单元分配信息示意图;Figure 53 is a schematic diagram of another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application;

图54是本申请实施例提供又一种资源单元分配信息示意图;Figure 54 is a schematic diagram of yet another resource unit allocation information provided in an embodiment of this application;

图55是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的交互示意图;Figure 55 is an interactive schematic diagram of another communication method provided in an embodiment of this application;

图56是本申请实施例提供的一种聚合PPDU的示意图;Figure 56 is a schematic diagram of a polymerized PPDU provided in an embodiment of this application;

图57是本申请实施例提供的另一种聚合PPDU的示意图;Figure 57 is a schematic diagram of another polymerized PPDU provided in an embodiment of this application;

图58是本申请实施例提供的又一种聚合PPDU的示意图;Figure 58 is a schematic diagram of another polymerized PPDU provided in an embodiment of this application;

图59是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;Figure 59 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of this application;

图60是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图。Figure 60 is a schematic diagram of another communication device provided in an embodiment of this application.

具体实施方式Detailed Implementation

下面结合本申请实施例中的附图对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整的描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of this application will be clearly and completely described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.

为了更好地理解本申请实施例,下面首先对本申请实施例涉及的系统架构进行介绍:To better understand the embodiments of this application, the system architecture involved in the embodiments of this application will be described first below:

请参见图1,图1为本申请实施例提供的一种系统架构的示意图。该系统架构可包括一个或多个接入点(access point,AP)以及一个或多个站点(station,STA)。图1所示的设备数量和形态用于举例,并不构成对本申请实施例的限定。图1所示的系统架构以AP1,AP2,STA1,STA2,STA3,且AP1,AP2能够为STA1、STA2和STA3提供无线服务为例进行阐述。其中,图1中的AP1和AP2以基站为例,STA1、STA2和STA3以手机为例。Please refer to Figure 1, which is a schematic diagram of a system architecture provided in an embodiment of this application. This system architecture may include one or more access points (APs) and one or more stations (STAs). The number and configuration of devices shown in Figure 1 are for illustrative purposes only and do not constitute a limitation on the embodiments of this application. The system architecture shown in Figure 1 is illustrated using AP1, AP2, STA1, STA2, and STA3, with AP1 and AP2 providing wireless services to STA1, STA2, and STA3 as an example. In Figure 1, AP1 and AP2 are examples of base stations, and STA1, STA2, and STA3 are examples of mobile phones.

本申请适用于一个或多个AP与一个或多个STA之间的数据通信,也同样适用于AP与AP之间的通信,STA与STA之间的通信。This application applies to data communication between one or more APs and one or more STAs, and also to communication between APs and between STAs.

本申请实施例适用的通信系统为无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)或蜂窝网,或其他支持多条链路并行进行传输的无线通信系统。本申请实施例主要以部署IEEE 802.11的网络为例进行说明,而本申请涉及的各个方面可以扩展到采用各种标准或协议的其它网络,例如,蓝牙(bluetooth),高性能无线LAN(high performance radio LAN,HIPERLAN)(一种与IEEE 802.11标准类似的无线标准,主要在欧洲使用)以及广域网(wide area network,WAN)、个人区域网(personal area network,PAN)或其它现在已知或以后发展起来的网络。因此,无论使用的覆盖范围和无线接入协议如何,本申请提供的各种方面可以适用于任何合适的无线网络。The communication systems applicable to the embodiments of this application are wireless local area networks (WLANs) or cellular networks, or other wireless communication systems that support parallel transmission across multiple links. This application primarily uses a network deploying IEEE 802.11 as an example for illustration, but the various aspects involved can be extended to other networks employing various standards or protocols, such as Bluetooth, high-performance radio LAN (HIPERLAN) (a wireless standard similar to IEEE 802.11, primarily used in Europe), wide area networks (WANs), personal area networks (PANs), or other networks now known or to be developed in the future. Therefore, regardless of the coverage area and wireless access protocol used, the various aspects provided in this application can be applied to any suitable wireless network.

本申请实施例中,STA具有无线收发功能,可以支持802.11系列协议,与AP或其他STA进行通信。例如,STA可以是允许用户与AP通信进而与WLAN通信的任何用户通信设备,如包括但不限于,平板电脑、桌面型、膝上型、笔记本电脑、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、手持计算机、上网本、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、手机等可以联网的用户设备,或物联网中的物联网节点,或车联网中的车载通信装置等。一种可能的实现方式,STA还可以为上述这些终端中的芯片和处理系统。In this embodiment, the STA has wireless transceiver capabilities, supports the 802.11 series of protocols, and can communicate with the AP or other STAs. For example, the STA can be any user communication device that allows users to communicate with the AP and subsequently with the WLAN, including but not limited to: tablets, desktops, laptops, notebooks, ultra-mobile personal computers (UMPCs), handheld computers, netbooks, personal digital assistants (PDAs), mobile phones, and other network-connected user devices; IoT nodes in the Internet of Things (IoT); or in-vehicle communication devices in the Internet of Vehicles (IoV). In one possible implementation, the STA can also be the chip and processing system within these terminals.

本申请实施例中,AP是为STA提供服务的装置,可以支持802.11系列协议。例如,AP可以为通信服务器、路由器、交换机、网桥等通信实体,或,AP可以包括各种形式的宏基站,微基站,中继站等,当然AP还可以为这些各种形式的设备中的芯片和处理系统,从而实现本申请实施例的方法和功能。In this embodiment, the AP is a device that provides services to the STA and can support the 802.11 series of protocols. For example, the AP can be a communication server, router, switch, bridge, or other communication entity. Alternatively, the AP can include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, etc. Of course, the AP can also be the chip and processing system in these various forms of devices, thereby realizing the methods and functions of this embodiment.

为了便于理解本申请公开的实施例,作以下两点说明。To facilitate understanding of the embodiments disclosed in this application, the following two points are explained.

(1)本申请公开的实施例中场景以无线通信网络中无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络的场景为例进行说明,应当指出的是,本申请公开的实施例中的方案还可以应用于其他无线通信网络中,相应的名称也可以用其他无线通信网络中的对应功能的名称进行替代。(1) The scenario in the embodiments disclosed in this application is illustrated by taking the scenario of wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network in wireless communication network as an example. It should be noted that the solution in the embodiments disclosed in this application can also be applied to other wireless communication networks, and the corresponding name can also be replaced by the name of the corresponding function in other wireless communication networks.

(2)本申请公开的实施例将围绕包括多个设备、组件、模块等的系统来呈现本申请的各个方面、实施例或特征。应当理解和明白的是,各个系统可以包括另外的设备、组件、模块等,并且/或者可以并不包括结合附图讨论的所有设备、组件、模块等。此外,还可以使用这些方案的组合。(2) The embodiments disclosed in this application will be presented in relation to systems including multiple devices, components, modules, etc. It should be understood and appreciated that individual systems may include additional devices, components, modules, etc., and/or may not include all devices, components, modules, etc. discussed in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. Furthermore, combinations of these approaches may also be used.

以下对本申请实施例涉及的相关概念进行阐述:The following describes the relevant concepts involved in the embodiments of this application:

1.物理层协议数据单元(physicallayer protocol data unit,PPDU)。1. Physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU).

PPDU也可以称为物理层数据分组、数据包。在PPDU的数据字段,承载有媒体协议数据单元(media protocol data unit,MPDU),媒体接入控制层协议数据单元(medium access control layer protocol data unit,MAC PDU),即通常说的媒体接入控制(medium access control,MAC)帧,比如数据帧,确认帧,触发帧,信标帧等。PPDU can also be called physical layer data packet or data packet. The data field of PPDU carries media protocol data unit (MPDU) and medium access control layer protocol data unit (MAC PDU), which are commonly referred to as medium access control (MAC) frames, such as data frames, acknowledgment frames, trigger frames, beacon frames, etc.

2.极高吞吐率多用户物理层协议数据单元(extreme high throughput multiple user physical layer protocol data unit,EHT MU PPDU)。2. Extremely high throughput multiple user physical layer protocol data unit (EHT MU PPDU).

EHT MU PPDU是802.11be中定义的PPDU,其中EHT是802.11be的标准名称,MU表示多用户,但是可以支持单用户与多用户的数据传输。EHT MU PPDU is a PPDU defined in 802.11be, where EHT is the standard name of 802.11be, and MU stands for multi-user, but it can support data transmission between single-user and multi-user.

请参见图2,图2为一种EHT MU PPDU的帧结构示意图。EHT MU PPDU包括前导码部分、数据(data)字段以及数据包扩展(packet extension,PE)。其中,前导码部分包括传统前导码:传统短训练字段(legacy short training field,L-SFT)、传统长训练字段(legacy long training field,L-LTF)、传统信令字段(legacy signal field,L-SIG),用于保证新设备同传统设备的共存,其中L-SIG中包含长度字段,可以间接指示该EHT MU PPDU中L-SIG后边部分的时长。传统前导码还包含传统信令字段的重复(repeated L-SIG,RL-SIG),用于增强传统信令字段的可靠性,以及还提供了让接收端通过检测两个符号是否相同,L-SIG中长度的余数等特征,来帮助接收端识别该数据分组是EHT PPDU的自动检测的方法。另外,前导码部分还包括通用信令字段(universal signal field,U-SIG),U-SIG存在于802.11be标准及以后若干代标准中的PPDU中,U-SIG用于指示该PPDU为EHT PPDU及以后的哪一代标准的PPDU。若PPDU为EHT MU PPDU,则U-SIG之后还存在EHT-SIG。U-SIG和EHT-SIG中都携带着解调后续数据字段需要的信令信息。前导码部分还包括极高吞吐率短训练字段(extreme high throughput short training field,EHT-STF)、极高吞吐率长训练字段(extreme high throughput long training field,EHT-LTF),分别用于自动增益控制和信道估计。数据包扩展可以为接收端处理数据提供更多的时间。Please refer to Figure 2, which is a schematic diagram of the frame structure of an EHT MU PPDU. An EHT MU PPDU includes a preamble, a data field, and a packet extension (PE). The preamble includes traditional preambles: a legacy short training field (L-SFT), a legacy long training field (L-LTF), and a legacy signal field (L-SIG), used to ensure coexistence between new and legacy devices. The L-SIG contains a length field, which indirectly indicates the duration of the portion following the L-SIG in the EHT MU PPDU. The traditional preamble also includes repeated L-SIGs (RL-SIG) to enhance the reliability of the legacy signal field. Furthermore, it provides an automatic detection method for the receiver to identify whether a data packet is an EHT PPDU by detecting whether two symbols are identical and the remainder of the length in the L-SIG. In addition, the preamble includes a universal signal field (U-SIG), which exists in the PPDU of the 802.11be standard and several subsequent generations of standards. U-SIG indicates which generation of standard the PPDU belongs to (EHT PPDU or later). If the PPDU is an EHT MU PPDU, then an EHT-SIG also exists after the U-SIG. Both U-SIG and EHT-SIG carry signaling information needed for demodulating subsequent data fields. The preamble also includes an extreme high throughput short training field (EHT-STF) and an extreme high throughput long training field (EHT-LTF), used for automatic gain control and channel estimation, respectively. Packet expansion can provide the receiver with more time to process data.

其中,EHT MU PPDU的U-SIG字段包含带宽字段,其带宽字段的内容可以参见下述表1所示:The U-SIG field of the EHT MU PPDU includes a bandwidth field, the contents of which can be found in Table 1 below:

表1
Table 1

从表1可以看出,U-SIG字段的两个符号中的第一个符号是带宽字段对应的符号,该符号用于指示EHT MU PPDU的带宽,且该符号中B3-B5比特分别置0至5时,表示EHT MU PPDU的带宽分别为20MHz、40MHz、80MHz、160MHz、320-1MHz、320-2MHz。As can be seen from Table 1, the first symbol in the U-SIG field is the symbol corresponding to the bandwidth field. This symbol is used to indicate the bandwidth of the EHT MU PPDU. When bits B3-B5 in this symbol are set to 0 to 5 respectively, it indicates that the bandwidth of the EHT MU PPDU is 20MHz, 40MHz, 80MHz, 160MHz, 320-1MHz, and 320-2MHz respectively.

另外,802.11be物理层前导码中信令字段里的保留/未用比特(reserved bits)或者某个(子)字段的保留/未用的状态(条目)分为两种,分别为不理会(Disregard)和证实(Validate),也可称为忽略,验证等。例如,表1中的带宽字段置6或置7时,为证实,表示为预留/未用的状态。In addition, in the 802.11be physical layer preamble, the reserved/unused bits or the reserved/unused status (entry) of a certain (sub)field in the signaling field are divided into two types: Disregard and Validate, which can also be called ignore, verification, etc. For example, when the bandwidth field in Table 1 is set to 6 or 7, it is Validate, indicating a reserved/unused status.

传输EHT MU PPDU的信道支持打孔操作,打孔(punctured)信道信息字段也位于U-SIG字段中,打孔信道信息字段用于指示传输PPDU的信道中各个20MHz子信道的打孔情况。打孔信道信息字段也可被称作前导码打孔指示,或者被称为打孔字段。EHT MU PPDU的打孔信道信息字段的内容可参见下述表2所示:The channel for transmitting EHT MU PPDUs supports puncturation. The punctured channel information field is also located in the U-SIG field. This field indicates the puncturation status of each 20MHz sub-channel within the PPDU transmission channel. The punctured channel information field can also be called a preamble puncturation indicator or simply a punctured field. The contents of the EHT MU PPDU's punctured channel information field are shown in Table 2 below.

表2

Table 2

从表2可以看出,表3是采用非OFDMA传输时,EHT MU PPDU中U-SIG字段的打孔信道信息字段的内容。而采用OFDM传输时,每80MHz采用一个4比特来指示传输EHT MU PPDU的信道的打孔模式。As shown in Table 2, Table 3 contains the puncturing channel information field of the U-SIG field in the EHT MU PPDU when using non-OFDMA transmission. When using OFDM transmission, a 4-bit interval is used every 80MHz to indicate the puncturing mode of the channel transmitting the EHT MU PPDU.

表3


Table 3


表3中,针对一定带宽,带宽字段的值置为表3的最右边一列,其含义为表3中的中间两列。从表3可以看出,一定带宽下,带宽字段置为不同值时,表示针对该带宽的不同打孔模式。例如,PPDU的带宽为80MHz,且带宽字段的值置为2时,表明80MHz中按照低频到高频的顺序,其第二个20MHz的信道被打孔;PPDU的带宽为80MHz,且带宽字段的值置为3时,表明80MHz中按照低频到高频的顺序,其第三个20MHz的信道被打孔。In Table 3, for a given bandwidth, the value of the bandwidth field is set to the rightmost column of Table 3, which corresponds to the meaning of the middle two columns. As can be seen from Table 3, for a given bandwidth, different values in the bandwidth field represent different puncturing patterns for that bandwidth. For example, if the PPDU bandwidth is 80MHz and the bandwidth field value is set to 2, it indicates that the second 20MHz channel within the 80MHz bandwidth is punctured in order from low to high frequency; if the PPDU bandwidth is 80MHz and the bandwidth field value is set to 3, it indicates that the third 20MHz channel within the 80MHz bandwidth is punctured in order from low to high frequency.

WLAN从802.11a/b/g开始,历经802.11n,802.11ac(Wi-Fi 5),802.11ax(Wi-Fi 6),802.11be(Wi-Fi7),到正在讨论802.11bn(Wi-Fi 8)。802.11n之前,标准定义了20MHz带宽,802.11ac和802.11ax进一步扩展到了40MHz,80MHz,160MHz,以及80MHz+80MHz。802.11be中,去除了80MHz+80MHz,进一步定义了320MHz,具体定义了320MHz-1和320MHz-2两种320MHz的带宽类别。WLAN standards have evolved from 802.11a/b/g, through 802.11n, 802.11ac (Wi-Fi 5), 802.11ax (Wi-Fi 6), 802.11be (Wi-Fi 7), and are currently under discussion for 802.11bn (Wi-Fi 8). Prior to 802.11n, the standard defined a 20MHz bandwidth. 802.11ac and 802.11ax further expanded this to 40MHz, 80MHz, 160MHz, and 80MHz+80MHz. In 802.11be, the 80MHz+80MHz bandwidth was removed, and a 320MHz bandwidth was further defined, specifically two 320MHz bandwidth categories: 320MHz-1 and 320MHz-2.

请参见图3,图3为一种信道划分的示意图。如图3所示,6GHz频段中的信道可以划分为带宽为80MHz、160MHz和320MHz的子信道,其中320MHz的子信道包括信道中心频率为31、95和159的320MHz-1的子信道和中心频率为63、127和191的320MHz-2的子信道。Please refer to Figure 3, which is a schematic diagram of channel partitioning. As shown in Figure 3, the channel in the 6GHz band can be divided into sub-channels with bandwidths of 80MHz, 160MHz, and 320MHz. The 320MHz sub-channels include the 320MHz-1 sub-channel with center frequencies of 31, 95, and 159 and the 320MHz-2 sub-channel with center frequencies of 63, 127, and 191.

其中,UNII表示非授权国际信息基础设施无线电频带(the Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure(U-NII)radio band)。另外,图3中的80MHz进一步可以由4个20MHz组成,其中第1个和第2个20MHz,或者第3个和第4个20MHz可以组成1个40MHz。UNII stands for the Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure (U-NII) radio band. Additionally, the 80MHz band in Figure 3 can be further composed of four 20MHz bands, where the first and second 20MHz bands, or the third and fourth 20MHz bands, can form a 40MHz band.

此外,非授权频谱比较有限,比如在部分国家和地区,存在2.4GHz和5GHz两段频谱,但是还不存在6GHz频谱。图4为另一种信道划分的示意图。具体的,图4为一种针对5GHz频谱的信道划分的示意图。5GHz低频部分(包含UNII-1和UNII-2A),通常叫做5.1GHz,最大包含160MHz信道,且标准定义了带宽为160MHz的频谱资源。在5GHz高频部分,通常叫做5.8GHz,在部分国家和地区,共存在100MHz(5735MHz-5835MHz)频谱资源,而标准中最大定义了80MHz及以下带宽的PPDU,从而导致5.8GHz的频谱无法被充分利用。Furthermore, unlicensed spectrum is relatively limited. For example, in some countries and regions, there are two spectrum bands: 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz, but no 6 GHz spectrum exists. Figure 4 shows another channel allocation diagram. Specifically, Figure 4 shows a channel allocation diagram for the 5 GHz spectrum. The low-frequency portion of 5 GHz (including UNII-1 and UNII-2A), usually called 5.1 GHz, contains a maximum of 160 MHz of channels, and the standard defines spectrum resources with a bandwidth of 160 MHz. In the high-frequency portion of 5 GHz, usually called 5.8 GHz, there is a total of 100 MHz (5735 MHz - 5835 MHz) of spectrum resources in some countries and regions. However, the standard defines a maximum PPDU bandwidth of 80 MHz and below, resulting in the 5.8 GHz spectrum not being fully utilized.

本申请实施例中,第一设备可以是AP,第二设备可以是STA。一种可能的实现方式,第一设备可以是STA,第二设备可以是AP。一种可能的实现方式,第一设备和第二设备可以是不同的AP。一种可能的实现方式,第一设备和第二设备可以是不同的STA。In this embodiment, the first device can be an Access Point (AP) and the second device can be a Switching Station (STA). In one possible implementation, the first device can be a STA and the second device can be an AP. In another possible implementation, the first device and the second device can be different APs. In yet another possible implementation, the first device and the second device can be different STAs.

本申请实施例提出一种通信方法100,图5是该通信方法100的交互示意图。该通信方法100从第一设备与第二设备的交互角度进行阐述。该通信方法100包括但不限于以下步骤:This application provides a communication method 100, and Figure 5 is an interactive schematic diagram of the communication method 100. The communication method 100 is described from the perspective of the interaction between a first device and a second device. The communication method 100 includes, but is not limited to, the following steps:

S101.第一设备生成第一PPDU,第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息,带宽字段指示信息用于指示第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz。S101. The first device generates a first PPDU, the first PPDU including bandwidth field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information being used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz.

其中,第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz,可以是:第一PPDU占用的带宽为100MHz,或者是:传输第一PPDU的信道为100MHz。The bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz, which can be either: the bandwidth occupied by the first PPDU is 100MHz, or the channel for transmitting the first PPDU is 100MHz.

一种可能的实现方式,第一PPDU包括通用信令字段指示信息,通用信令字段指示信息包括带宽字段指示信息。一种可能的实现方式,通用信令字段指示信息可以是通用信令字段,带宽字段指示信息可以是带宽字段。也就是说,第一PPDU可以包括U-SIG,U-SIG可以包括带宽字段,带宽字段用于指示第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz。One possible implementation is that the first PPDU includes general signaling field indication information, which includes bandwidth field indication information. Another possible implementation is that the general signaling field indication information can be a general signaling field, and the bandwidth field indication information can be a bandwidth field. That is, the first PPDU may include U-SIG, and U-SIG may include a bandwidth field, which indicates that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz.

一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU包括U-SIG,U-SIG包括带宽字段,带宽字段的值置为6或7。例如,下述表4为PPDU的带宽字段置不同值时所表示的含义。比如,如表4所示,第一PPDU的带宽字段的值置为6时,表示第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz;第一PPDU的带宽字段的值置为7时,为证实字段,表示预留/未用的状态。再比如,将表4中的带宽字段的值置为7时,表示第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz;将表4中的带宽字段的值置为6时,为证实字段,表示预留/未用的状态。In one optional implementation, the first PPDU includes a U-SIG, which includes a bandwidth field. The value of the bandwidth field is set to 6 or 7. For example, Table 4 below shows the meaning of different values for the bandwidth field of the PPDU. For instance, as shown in Table 4, when the value of the bandwidth field of the first PPDU is set to 6, it indicates that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz; when the value of the bandwidth field of the first PPDU is set to 7, it is a confirmation field, indicating a reserved/unused state. As another example, setting the value of the bandwidth field in Table 4 to 7 indicates that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz; setting the value of the bandwidth field in Table 4 to 6 is a confirmation field, indicating a reserved/unused state.

可见,第一PPDU包括U-SIG时,第一设备可以直接采用U-SIG中已定义的带宽字段指示第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz,从而可减少指示开销以及复杂度。As can be seen, when the first PPDU includes U-SIG, the first device can directly use the bandwidth field defined in U-SIG to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz, thereby reducing indication overhead and complexity.

表4
Table 4

另一种可选的实施方式中,带宽字段指示信息为扩展后的带宽字段,扩展后的带宽字段是利用U-SIG中已有的带宽字段以及U-SIG中的证实比特和不理会比特中的部分或全部比特进行扩展获得的,该扩展后的带宽字段的取值可大于或等于8。例如,第一设备利用U-SIG中已有的带宽字段以及U-SIG中的证实比特和不理会比特中的部分比特进行扩展,获得扩展后的带宽字段为4比特,从而扩展后的带宽字段可以指示的取值为0至15,进而第一设备可采用其中6至15中的任意一个值指示第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz。In another optional implementation, the bandwidth field indication information is an extended bandwidth field. This extended bandwidth field is obtained by expanding upon the existing bandwidth field in the U-SIG, as well as some or all of the confirmation and ignore bits in the U-SIG. The value of the extended bandwidth field can be greater than or equal to 8. For example, the first device expands the existing bandwidth field in the U-SIG, along with some of the confirmation and ignore bits, to obtain an extended bandwidth field of 4 bits. Therefore, the extended bandwidth field can indicate a value from 0 to 15, and the first device can use any value from 6 to 15 to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz.

可见,第一设备还可基于U-SIG中已有的带宽字段,以及证实比特和不理会比特,指示第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz,该方式可使得第一PPDU的带宽指示更加灵活。As can be seen, the first device can also indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz based on the bandwidth field already present in the U-SIG, as well as the confirmation bit and ignore bit. This method makes the bandwidth indication of the first PPDU more flexible.

一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU为超高可靠物理层协议数据单元(ultra high reliabilityphysicallayer protocol data unit,UHR PPDU),UHR PPDU是802.11bn中的PPDU,也即是Wi-Fi 8标准中的PPDU。请参见图6,图6为一种UHR PPDU的帧结构示意图。如图6所示,UHR PPDU包括:L-STF字段,用于PPDU的发现,粗同步以及自动增益控制;L-LTF字段,用于精同步和信道估计;L-SIG字段和RL-SIG字段,用于携带PPDU长度相关的信令信息,保证共存,L-SIG和RL-SIG的重复还用于接收端的自动检;U-SIG字段,携带用于解调后续数据的信令;厂家特定信令字段(vendor specific SIG,VS-SIG),用于携带厂家特定的信令信息,该字段可以不存在;超高可靠信令字段(ultra high reliability signal field,UHR-SIG),用于携带用于解调后续数据的信令,该字段可以不存在,比如在UHR TB PPDU中就可以不存在;超高可靠短训练(ultra high reliability short training field,UHR-STF),用于自动增益控制;超高可靠长训练序列(ultra high reliability long training field,UHR-LTF),用于信道估计;数据(data)字段,用于承载数据信息;PE,用于增加接收机的处理时间。In one optional implementation, the first PPDU is an Ultra High Reliability Physical Layer Protocol Data Unit (UHR PPDU), which is the PPDU in 802.11bn, i.e., the PPDU in the Wi-Fi 8 standard. Please refer to Figure 6, which is a schematic diagram of the frame structure of a UHR PPDU. As shown in Figure 6, the UHR PPDU includes: an L-STF field for PPDU discovery, coarse synchronization, and automatic gain control; an L-LTF field for fine synchronization and channel estimation; L-SIG and RL-SIG fields for carrying signaling information related to the PPDU length, ensuring coexistence; the repetition of L-SIG and RL-SIG is also used for automatic detection at the receiver; a U-SIG field for carrying signaling for demodulating subsequent data; a vendor-specific SIG (VS-SIG) field for carrying vendor-specific signaling information; this field may be absent; and an Ultra High Reliability signaling field. The signal field (UHR-SIG) is used to carry signaling for demodulating subsequent data. This field may not exist, for example, it may not exist in a UHR TB PPDU; the ultra-high reliability short training field (UHR-STF) is used for automatic gain control; the ultra-high reliability long training field (UHR-LTF) is used for channel estimation; the data field is used to carry data information; and the PE field is used to increase the receiver's processing time.

一种可能的实现方式,UHR PPDU的帧结构也可能与图6所示的帧结构不同,本申请实施例对UHR PPDU的帧结构不作限定。In one possible implementation, the frame structure of the UHR PPDU may also be different from the frame structure shown in Figure 6. This application does not limit the frame structure of the UHR PPDU.

一种可能的实现方式,第一PPDU可以是802.11bn以后标准中的PPDU,本申请实施例对此不做限定。为便于阐述,以下以第一PPDU为UHR PPDU为例进行说明。One possible implementation is that the first PPDU can be a PPDU from a standard later than 802.11bn, but this application does not limit this embodiment. For ease of explanation, the following description uses a UHR PPDU as the first PPDU.

另外,第一PPDU的传输模式包括非(non)-OFDMA传输和OFDMA传输。以下分别针对non-OFDMA传输和OFDMA传输两种传输模式,阐述100MHz的信道的实施方式:Furthermore, the first PPDU's transmission modes include non-OFDMA transmission and OFDMA transmission. The following describes the implementation methods for the 100MHz channel for both non-OFDMA and OFDMA transmission modes:

传输模式1.1:non-OFDMA传输。Transmission mode 1.1: non-OFDMA transmission.

non-OFDMA传输中,100MHz整个带宽内的所有频域资源将作为一个整体分配给一个用户或者一组用户进行传输,可以进一步的分为单用户传输,或者多用户-多输入多输出(multi-user multiple-input multiple-output,MU-MIMO)传输。In non-OFDMA transmission, all frequency domain resources within the entire 100MHz bandwidth are allocated as a whole to a user or a group of users for transmission. This can be further divided into single-user transmission or multi-user multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO) transmission.

针对100MHz的第一PPDU,采用non-OFDMA传输时,需要重新定义100MHz信道中的MRU。另外,100MHz可能存在不被打孔的情况,也可能存在被打孔的情况。100MHz存在被打孔的情况时,100MHz中的20MHz可以被打孔,或者100MHz中的40MHz可以被打孔。因此,以下分别针对100MHz中不存在打孔的场景、100MHz中的20MHz被打孔的场景以及100MHz中的40MHz被打孔的场景,阐述non-OFDMA传输中,100MHz信道的实施方式:For a 100MHz first PPDU, when using non-OFDMA transmission, the MRU in the 100MHz channel needs to be redefined. Furthermore, the 100MHz channel may or may not be punctured. If puncturing occurs, either 20MHz or 40MHz of the 100MHz channel can be punctured. Therefore, the following describes the implementation of the 100MHz channel in non-OFDMA transmission for scenarios where there are no puncturing, 20MHz is punctured, and 40MHz is punctured:

场景1.11:100MHz不存在打孔。Scenario 1.11: No punch holes exist at 100MHz.

其中,100MHz不存在打孔,表示该100MHz均可用于传输数据。The 100MHz band has no holes, indicating that the entire 100MHz band can be used for data transmission.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz不存在打孔时,100MHz中的最低80MHz可以对应一个996-tone RU,最高20MHz可以对应一个242-tone RU。因此,若100MHz不存在打孔,100MHz信道可以包括996+242-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括996+242-tone MRU。例如,图7为一种100MHz信道的划分示意图。图7中的100MHz信道不存在打孔,且该100MHz信道包括996+242-tone MRU。In one optional implementation, when there are no puncturing operations in the 100MHz band, the lowest 80MHz band can correspond to a 996-tone RU, and the highest 20MHz band can correspond to a 242-tone RU. Therefore, if there are no puncturing operations in the 100MHz band, the 100MHz channel can include 996+242-tone MRUs; for example, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes 996+242-tone MRUs. For example, Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of a 100MHz channel partition. The 100MHz channel in Figure 7 has no puncturing operations, and this 100MHz channel includes 996+242-tone MRUs.

一种可能的实现方式,第一PPDU为UHR PPDU时,第一PPDU中的UHR-STF、UHR-LTF、Data和PE可以被称作UHR调制部分,在996+242-tone MRU中进行传输。One possible implementation is that when the first PPDU is a UHR PPDU, the UHR-STF, UHR-LTF, Data, and PE in the first PPDU can be referred to as the UHR modulation part and transmitted in a 996+242-tone MRU.

一种可能的实现方式,包括但不限于以下信道中的至少一个信道包括996+242-tone MRU:160MHz信道、240MHz信道、320MHz信道、480MHz信道、640MHz信道。也就是说,996+242-tone MRU可以是多种信道中的MRU格式。One possible implementation includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following channels, including a 996+242-tone MRU: a 160MHz channel, a 240MHz channel, a 320MHz channel, a 480MHz channel, and a 640MHz channel. That is, the 996+242-tone MRU can be an MRU format across multiple channels.

一种可能的实现方式,100MHz不存在打孔时,100MHz信道可以包括484+484+242-tone MRU,或者可以包括484+242+242+242-tone MRU,或者可以包括242+242+242+242+242-tone MRU,其中242-toneRU为100MHz中的一个20MHz对应的RU,484-tone RU为100MHz中的一个40MHz对应的一个RU。One possible implementation is that, when there is no puncturing in the 100MHz channel, the 100MHz channel can include 484+484+242-tone MRU, or it can include 484+242+242+242-tone MRU, or it can include 242+242+242+242+242-tone MRU, where the 242-tone RU is a RU corresponding to a 20MHz channel in the 100MHz channel, and the 484-tone RU is a RU corresponding to a 40MHz channel in the 100MHz channel.

场景1.12:100MHz中的20MHz被打孔。Scenario 1.12: 20MHz of 100MHz is punched.

其中,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,表示该100MHz中的20MHz被打掉了,不能用于传输数据,则该100MHz中实际存在80MHz可以用于传输数据。另外,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,可以是:100MHz信道中的20MHz子信道被打孔,比如是传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道中的20MHz子信道被打孔。In this scenario, if 20MHz of the 100MHz channel is punctured, it means that 20MHz of that 100MHz channel has been removed and cannot be used for data transmission. Therefore, 80MHz of that 100MHz channel is actually available for data transmission. Alternatively, the puncturing of 20MHz within the 100MHz channel could mean that a 20MHz sub-channel within the 100MHz channel is punctured, for example, the 20MHz sub-channel within the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU is punctured.

该场景中,第一PPDU还包括打孔字段指示信息,打孔字段指示信息用于指示100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,20MHz位于100MHz中的最低80MHz内,或者说,被打孔的20MHz不是100MHz中的最高20MHz。从而,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,按照频率从低到高的顺序,100MHz中的第一个至第四个20MHz可以被打孔,或者说100MHz信道中的第一个至第四个20MHz子信道可以被打孔,共存在4种打孔模式。In this scenario, the first PPDU also includes puncture field indication information. This puncture field indication information is used to indicate that 20MHz within the 100MHz band is punctured. This 20MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or in other words, the punctured 20MHz band is not the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band. Therefore, when 20MHz within the 100MHz band is punctured, the first to fourth 20MHz bands within the 100MHz band can be punctured in ascending order of frequency, or in other words, the first to fourth 20MHz sub-channels within the 100MHz channel can be punctured, resulting in a total of four puncturing modes.

一种可能的实现方式,打孔字段指示信息为打孔字段。一种可能的实现方式,第一PPDU包括U-SIG,U-SIG包括打孔字段。One possible implementation is that the punch field indicator information is a punch field. Another possible implementation is that the first PPDU includes a U-SIG, where the U-SIG includes the punch field.

参见下述表5,表5是针对OFDMA传输模式,U-SIG中的打孔字段的含义。See Table 5 below, which explains the meaning of the punch field in U-SIG for OFDMA transmission mode.

表5

Table 5

从表5可以看出,打孔字段的值置0时,表示100MHz不存在打孔;打孔字段的值置1时,表示100MHz中从低频到高频,第一个20MHz被打孔;打孔字段的值置3时,表示100MHz中从低频到高频,第二个20MHz被打孔;打孔字段的值置4时,表示100MHz中从低频到高频,第三个20MHz被打孔。可见,打孔字段的值置1至4时,分别表示100MHz信道最低80MHz中的不同20MHz被打孔。As shown in Table 5, a value of 0 in the punch field indicates that there are no punches in the 100MHz channel; a value of 1 indicates that the first 20MHz from low to high frequency in the 100MHz channel is punched; a value of 3 indicates that the second 20MHz from low to high frequency in the 100MHz channel is punched; and a value of 4 indicates that the third 20MHz from low to high frequency in the 100MHz channel is punched. Therefore, values of 1 to 4 in the punch field represent different 20MHz segments within the lowest 80MHz range of the 100MHz channel that are punched.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,在100MHz中的最低80MHz存在一个484+242-tone MRU,在最高20MHz存在一个242-tone RU,从而可以共同组成一个484+242+242-tone MRU,即100MHz信道可以包括484+242+242-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU。In one optional implementation, when 20MHz of 100MHz is punctured, there is a 484+242-tone MRU in the lowest 80MHz of 100MHz and a 242-tone RU in the highest 20MHz, so that they can be combined to form a 484+242+242-tone MRU. That is, the 100MHz channel can include a 484+242+242-tone MRU. For example, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+242+242-tone MRU.

需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,100MHz信道包括的MRU中,通常将大尺寸的RU放在MRU中的最前面,但该大尺寸的RU放置的位置与小尺寸的RU放置的位置,不代表该大尺寸的RU与小尺寸的RU在100MHz信道中的位置。在100MHz信道中,大尺寸的RU可以位于小尺寸的RU之前,或者,大尺寸的RU可以位于小尺寸的RU之后,或者,大尺寸的RU可以位于多个小尺寸的RU之间。It should be noted that, in the embodiments of this application, among the MRUs included in the 100MHz channel, the larger RU is usually placed at the front of the MRUs. However, the placement of the larger RU and the smaller RUs does not represent their positions within the 100MHz channel. In the 100MHz channel, the larger RU can be located before, after, or between multiple smaller RUs.

例如,100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU时,按照频率从低到高的顺序,其中484-tone RU位于两个242-tone RU之前,或者其中484-tone RU位于两个242-tone RU之后,或者,其中484-tone RU位于两个242-tone RU之间,本申请实施例对484-tone RU与两个242-tone RU之间的位置不作限定。或者说,100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU时,其中484个子载波位于两个242个子载波之前,或者484个子载波位于两个242个子载波之后,或者484个子载波位于两个242个子载波之间,本申请实施例对484个子载波与两个242个子载波之间的位置不作限定。For example, when a 100MHz channel includes 484+242+242-tone MRUs, in ascending frequency order, the 484-tone RU may be located before, after, or between the two 242-tone RUs. This embodiment does not limit the position of the 484-tone RU relative to the two 242-tone RUs. Alternatively, when a 100MHz channel includes 484+242+242-tone MRUs, the 484 subcarriers may be located before, after, or between the two 242 subcarriers. This embodiment does not limit the position of the 484 subcarriers relative to the two 242 subcarriers.

例如,图8至图11为一种100MHz信道的划分示意图。如图8所示,100MHz中的第一个20MHz被打孔,100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU,且其中484个子载波位于两个242个子载波之前。如图9所示,100MHz中第二个20MHz被打孔,100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU,且其中484个子载波位于两个242个子载波之间。如图10所示,100MHz中第三个20MHz被打孔,100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU,且其中484个子载波位于两个242个子载波之前。如图11所示,100MHz中第四个20MHz被打孔,100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU,且其中484个子载波位于两个242个子载波之前。For example, Figures 8 to 11 are schematic diagrams of a 100MHz channel partitioning. As shown in Figure 8, the first 20MHz of the 100MHz channel is punctured, and the 100MHz channel includes a 484+242+242-tone MRU, with the 484 subcarriers positioned before the two 242-tone subcarriers. As shown in Figure 9, the second 20MHz of the 100MHz channel is punctured, and the 100MHz channel includes a 484+242+242-tone MRU, with the 484 subcarriers positioned between the two 242-tone subcarriers. As shown in Figure 10, the third 20MHz of the 100MHz channel is punctured, and the 100MHz channel includes a 484+242+242-tone MRU, with the 484 subcarriers positioned before the two 242-tone subcarriers. As shown in Figure 11, the fourth 20MHz in the 100MHz channel is punctured. The 100MHz channel includes a 484+242+242-tone MRU, and the 484 subcarriers are located before the two 242 subcarriers.

另外,图8至图11所示的100MHz信道的划分示意中,100MHz中的最高20MHz对应的RU可以看作是在协议已定义的80MHz基础上扩展的。因此,对于图8至图11所示的100MHz信道,100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU,也可替换为:100MHz信道包括(484+242)+242-tone MRU。Furthermore, in the 100MHz channel partitioning diagrams shown in Figures 8 to 11, the RU corresponding to the highest 20MHz in the 100MHz range can be considered as an extension based on the 80MHz range already defined in the protocol. Therefore, for the 100MHz channels shown in Figures 8 to 11, the 100MHz channel includes 484+242+242-tone MRUs, which can also be replaced with: the 100MHz channel includes (484+242)+242-tone MRUs.

一种可能的实现方式,100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU时,484+242+242-tone MRU中的484个子载波存在于100MHz中的最低80MHz内,例如上述图8至图11所示的100MHz信道中,其中484个子载波存在于100MHz中的最低80MHz内。One possible implementation is that when the 100MHz channel includes a 484+242+242-tone MRU, the 484 subcarriers in the 484+242+242-tone MRU exist within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz, for example, in the 100MHz channel shown in Figures 8 to 11 above, where the 484 subcarriers exist within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz.

一种可能的实现方式,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU,且484+242+242-tone MRU中的484个子载波存在于100MHz中的最高40MHz内。也就是说,100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU时,其中484-tone RU可以是跨80MHz定义的,或者说其中484个子载波是跨80MHz定义的,从而可以更加灵活的利用资源。One possible implementation is that when 20MHz of a 100MHz channel is punctured, the 100MHz channel comprises a 484+242+242-tone MRU, and the 484 subcarriers within the 484+242+242-tone MRU exist within the highest 40MHz of the 100MHz channel. In other words, when the 100MHz channel comprises a 484+242+242-tone MRU, the 484-tone RU can be defined across 80MHz, or the 484 subcarriers can be defined across 80MHz, thus allowing for more flexible resource utilization.

例如,图12、图13和图14分别为一种100MHz信道的划分示意图。图12至图14中,100MHz中的第一个20MHz、第二个20MHz和第三个20MHz分别被打孔,且100MHz中的最高40MHz对应一个484-tone RU,最低60MHz对应一个242+242-tone MRU。因此,图12至图14中,100MHz信道均包括484+242+242-tone MRU,且其中484-tone RU是跨80MHz定义的。For example, Figures 12, 13, and 14 are schematic diagrams of a 100MHz channel partitioning. In Figures 12 to 14, the first, second, and third 20MHz bands within the 100MHz band are punched, and the highest 40MHz band corresponds to a 484-tone RU, while the lowest 60MHz band corresponds to a 242+242-tone MRU. Therefore, in Figures 12 to 14, the 100MHz channel includes 484+242+242-tone MRUs, with the 484-tone RUs defined across 80MHz bands.

另一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,其中未被打孔的每一个连续的40MHz对应一个484-tone MRU,从而可以共同组成一个484+484-tone MRU,即100MHz信道包括484+484-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+484-tone MRU。其中,484+484-tone MRU中的两个484子载波为连续的,或者是非连续的;或者说,484+484-tone MRU中的两个484子载波之间是连续的,或者是非连续的。另外,100MHz信道包括484+484-tone MRU,且其中一个连续的484个子载波位于100MHz中最高40MHz内时,可以认为该连续的484个子载波是跨80MHz定义的,可以更加灵活利用资源。In another optional implementation, when 20MHz of the 100MHz channel is punctured, each consecutive 40MHz segment that is not punctured corresponds to a 484-tone MRU, thus forming a 484+484-tone MRU. That is, the 100MHz channel includes 484+484-tone MRUs; for example, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+484-tone MRUs. The two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU can be consecutive or non-consecutive; or, the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU can be consecutive or non-consecutive. Furthermore, if the 100MHz channel includes 484+484-tone MRUs, and one of the consecutive 484 subcarriers is located within the highest 40MHz segment of the 100MHz channel, then these consecutive 484 subcarriers can be considered to span an 80MHz range, allowing for more flexible resource utilization.

例如,图15和图16分别为一种100MHz信道的划分示意图。如图15所示,100MHz中的最低20MHz被打孔,100MHz中的第二个20MHz和第三20MHz组合对应一个484-tone MRU,第四个20MHz和第五个20MHz组合对应一个484-tone MRU,共同组成一个484+484-tone MRU,且两个484子载波为连续的,从而100MHz信道包括484+484-tone MRU,且484+484-tone MRU中的两个484子载波为连续的,其中位于高频频段的484子载波是跨80MHz定义的。如图16所示,100MHz中的第三个20MHz被打孔,100MHz中的第一个20MHz和第二20MHz组合对应一个484-tone MRU,第四个20MHz和第五个20MHz组合对应一个484-tone MRU,共同组成一个484+484-tone MRU,且两个484子载波为非连续的,从而100MHz信道包括484+484-tone MRU,且484+484-tone MRU中的两个484子载波为非连续的,其中位于高频频段的484子载波是跨80MHz定义的。For example, Figures 15 and 16 are schematic diagrams of a 100MHz channel partitioning. As shown in Figure 15, the lowest 20MHz in the 100MHz channel is punctured. The combination of the second and third 20MHz in the 100MHz channel corresponds to a 484-tone MRU, and the combination of the fourth and fifth 20MHz corresponds to another 484-tone MRU, together forming a 484+484-tone MRU. The two 484 subcarriers are consecutive, thus the 100MHz channel includes a 484+484-tone MRU, and the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU are consecutive. The 484 subcarriers located in the high-frequency band are defined across 80MHz. As shown in Figure 16, the third 20MHz in the 100MHz band is punctured. The combination of the first and second 20MHz in the 100MHz band corresponds to a 484-tone MRU, and the combination of the fourth and fifth 20MHz bands corresponds to another 484-tone MRU. Together, they form a 484+484-tone MRU, and the two 484 subcarriers are non-contiguous. Thus, the 100MHz channel includes a 484+484-tone MRU, and the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU are non-contiguous. The 484 subcarriers located in the high-frequency band are defined across 80MHz.

一种可能的实现方式,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,100MHz信道包括484+484-tone MRU的方式中,其中一个484子载波是将两个不连续的242子载波组合而成的,即其中一个484子载波是不连续的。例如,图17和图18分别为一种100MHz信道的划分示意图。如图17所示,100MHz中的第二个20MHz被打孔,第一个20MHz和第三个20MHz可以组成一个不连续的484-tone RU,即该484-tone RU中的484子载波是两个不连续的242子载波组成的,第四个20MHz和第五个20MHz组成一个连续的484-tone RU,进而可以组成一个484+484-tone MRU,且位于高频频段的484子载波是跨80MHz定义的。One possible implementation involves puncturing 20MHz of a 100MHz channel, resulting in a 484+484-tone MRU. In this configuration, one of the 484 subcarriers is formed by combining two discontinuous 242 subcarriers. For example, Figures 17 and 18 illustrate one such 100MHz channel partitioning. As shown in Figure 17, when the second 20MHz of the 100MHz channel is punctured, the first and third 20MHz subcarriers can form a discontinuous 484-tone RU, where the 484 subcarriers are composed of two discontinuous 242 subcarriers. The fourth and fifth 20MHz subcarriers form a continuous 484-tone RU, thus creating a 484+484-tone MRU. The 484 subcarriers in the higher frequency band are defined across an 80MHz band.

如图18所示,100MHz中的第四个20MHz被打孔,第一个20MHz和第二个20MHz可以组成一个连续的484-tone RU,第三个20MHz和第五个20MHz可以组成一个不连续的484-tone RU,进而也可以组成一个484+484-tone MRU。As shown in Figure 18, the fourth 20MHz in the 100MHz is punched. The first 20MHz and the second 20MHz can form a continuous 484-tone RU, and the third 20MHz and the fifth 20MHz can form a discontinuous 484-tone RU, which can also form a 484+484-tone MRU.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,其中未被打孔的80MHz对应一个996-tone RU,则100MHz信道包括996-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括996-tone RU。其中,该996-tone RU中996子载波为连续的,或者为非连续的,比如该996-tone RU中996子载波是两个非连续的484个子载波组成的。In another optional implementation, when 20MHz of the 100MHz channel is punctured, the remaining 80MHz that is not punctured corresponds to a 996-tone RU. Therefore, the 100MHz channel includes a 996-tone RU. For example, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a 996-tone RU. The 996 subcarriers in this 996-tone RU can be continuous or non-contiguous; for example, the 996 subcarriers in this 996-tone RU can be composed of two non-contiguous subcarriers totaling 484 subcarriers.

例如,图19和图20分别为一种100MHz信道的划分示意图。如图19所示,100MHz中的第一个20MHz被打孔,未被打孔的连续的80MHz对应一个996-tone RU,从而该100MHz信道包括996-tone RU,且该996-tone RU中996子载波是连续的。另外,图19所示的100MHz信道中,996-tone RU也是跨80MHz定义的,可更加灵活的利用资源。For example, Figures 19 and 20 are schematic diagrams of a 100MHz channel partitioning. As shown in Figure 19, the first 20MHz of the 100MHz channel is punctured, and the consecutive 80MHz without puncturing corresponds to a 996-tone RU. Thus, the 100MHz channel includes a 996-tone RU, and the 996 subcarriers within this 996-tone RU are consecutive. Furthermore, in the 100MHz channel shown in Figure 19, the 996-tone RU is also defined across 80MHz, allowing for more flexible resource utilization.

如图20所示,100MHz中的第三个20MHz被打孔,第一个20MHz和第二个20MHz组合对应一个484子载波,第四个20MHz和第五个20MHz也组合对应一个484子载波,两个非连续的484子载波可以组成一个非连续虚拟的996子载波,即组成一个996-tone RU。另外,其中996-tone RU中位于高频频段的子载波也是跨80MHz定义的,可更加灵活的利用资源。As shown in Figure 20, the third 20MHz band within the 100MHz band is punctured. The combination of the first and second 20MHz bands corresponds to a 484 subcarrier, and the combination of the fourth and fifth 20MHz bands also corresponds to a 484 subcarrier. Two non-contiguous 484 subcarriers can form a non-contiguous virtual 996 subcarrier, i.e., a 996-tone RU. Furthermore, the subcarriers in the high-frequency band within the 996-tone RU are defined across 80MHz bands, allowing for more flexible resource utilization.

其中,针对100MHz包括484+484-tone MRU,且484+484-tone MRU中的484子载波为非连续的方式,以及针对100MHz包括996-tone RU,且996-tone RU的996子载波为非连续的方式,需要考虑非连续的484子载波,以及非连续的996子载波中是否需要预留直流分量。由于直流分量部分不能用于传输信息,则两个非连续的242子载波不能组合成一个484-tone RU,两个非连续的484子载波也不能组合成一个996-tone RU。也就是说,直流分量与两个非连续的242子载波中的部分子载波重叠时,两个非连续的242子载波不能组合成一个484-tone RU。同理,直流分量与两个非连续的484子载波中的部分子载波重叠时,两个非连续的484子载波不能组合成一个996-tone RU。该方式可保障100MHz的PPDU能够顺利实现信息的传输。Specifically, for 100MHz configurations including a 484+484-tone MRU where the 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU are discontinuous, and for 100MHz configurations including a 996-tone RU where the 996 subcarriers in the 996-tone RU are discontinuous, it is necessary to consider whether a DC component needs to be reserved in the discontinuous 484 subcarriers and the discontinuous 996 subcarriers. Since the DC component cannot be used for information transmission, two discontinuous 242 subcarriers cannot be combined into a 484-tone RU, nor can two discontinuous 484 subcarriers be combined into a 996-tone RU. In other words, when the DC component overlaps with a portion of the subcarriers in two discontinuous 242 subcarriers, the two discontinuous 242 subcarriers cannot be combined into a 484-tone RU. Similarly, when the DC component overlaps with a portion of the subcarriers in two discontinuous 484 subcarriers, the two discontinuous 484 subcarriers cannot be combined into a 996-tone RU. This method ensures that a 100MHz PPDU can successfully transmit information.

可见,non-OFDMA传输中,如果100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU,或者100MHz信道包括484+484-tone MRU,或者100MHz信道包括996-tone RU。It can be seen that in non-OFDMA transmission, if 20MHz of 100MHz is punctured, the 100MHz channel includes 484+242+242-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel includes 484+484-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel includes 996-tone RU.

场景1.13:100MHz中的40MHz被打孔。Scenario 1.13: 40MHz in 100MHz is punched.

其中,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,表示该100MHz中的40MHz被打掉了,不能用于传输数据,则该100MHz中实际存在60MHz可以用于传输数据。另外,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,可以是:100MHz信道中的40MHz子信道被打孔,比如是传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道中的40MHz子信道被打孔。In this scenario, 40MHz of the 100MHz channel is punctured, meaning that 40MHz of that 100MHz channel has been removed and cannot be used for data transmission. Therefore, 60MHz of that 100MHz channel is actually available for data transmission. Alternatively, the 40MHz puncturing of the 100MHz channel could mean that a 40MHz sub-channel within the 100MHz channel is punctured, for example, the 40MHz sub-channel within the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU is punctured.

该场景中,第一PPDU还包括打孔字段指示信息,打孔字段指示信息用于指示100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,40MHz位于100MHz中的最低80MHz内,或者说,被打孔的40MHz不包括100MHz中最高20MHz。从而,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,100MHz的第一个至第四个20MHz中的连续40MHz可以被打孔,且共存在3种打孔模式。In this scenario, the first PPDU also includes a punch field indication information. This information indicates that 40MHz within the 100MHz band is punched. This 40MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or in other words, the punched 40MHz band does not include the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band. Therefore, when 40MHz within the 100MHz band is punched, a consecutive 40MHz band from the first to the fourth 20MHz bands of the 100MHz band can be punched, and there are a total of three punch patterns.

一种可能的实现方式,打孔字段指示信息为打孔字段。一种可能的实现方式,第一PPDU包括U-SIG,U-SIG包括打孔字段,打孔字段的含义可参见上述表5所示。One possible implementation is that the punch field indicates information as a punch field. Another possible implementation is that the first PPDU includes a U-SIG, where the U-SIG includes a punch field; the meaning of the punch field can be found in Table 5 above.

从上述表5可以看出,带宽字段的值置5时,表示100MHz中最低40MHz被打孔;带宽字段的值置6时,表示100MHz中从低频到高频,第二个20MHz和第三个20MHz被打孔;带宽字段的值置7时,表示100MHz信道中从低频到高频,第三个20MHz和第四个20MHz被打孔。As can be seen from Table 5 above, when the value of the bandwidth field is set to 5, it means that the lowest 40MHz in the 100MHz channel is punctured; when the value of the bandwidth field is set to 6, it means that the second and third 20MHz in the 100MHz channel from low frequency to high frequency are punctured; when the value of the bandwidth field is set to 7, it means that the third and fourth 20MHz in the 100MHz channel from low frequency to high frequency are punctured.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,其中一个未被打孔的连续40MHz对应一个484-tone RU,未被打孔的一个20MHz对应一个242-tone RU,从而可以共同组成一个484+242-tone MRU,即100MHz信道可以包括484+242-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz包括484+242-tone MRU。例如,图21至图23分别为一种100MHz信道的划分示意图。如图21至图23所示,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,且100Mz信道包括484+242-tone MRU,其中484-tone RU是100MHz中未被打孔的连续40MHz对应的RU,242-tone RU是100MHz中未被打孔的一个20MHz对应的RU。另外,图22所示的100MHz信道中,其484-tone RU是跨80MHz定义的,可更加灵活的利用资源。In one optional implementation, when 40MHz of the 100MHz channel is punctured, one consecutive 40MHz that is not punctured corresponds to a 484-tone RU, and one 20MHz that is not punctured corresponds to a 242-tone RU, thus forming a 484+242-tone MRU. That is, the 100MHz channel can include 484+242-tone MRUs. For example, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes 484+242-tone MRUs. For instance, Figures 21 to 23 are schematic diagrams of a 100MHz channel partition. As shown in Figures 21 to 23, 40MHz of the 100MHz channel is punctured, and the 100MHz channel includes 484+242-tone MRUs, where the 484-tone RU is the RU corresponding to one consecutive 40MHz that is not punctured, and the 242-tone RU is the RU corresponding to one 20MHz that is not punctured. In addition, in the 100MHz channel shown in Figure 22, its 484-tone RU is defined across 80MHz, allowing for more flexible use of resources.

另一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,其中每个未被打孔的20MHz对应一个242-tone RU,从而可以共同组成一个242+242+242-tone MRU,即100MHz信道可以包括242+242+242-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道可以包括242+242+242-tone MRU。例如,图24至图26分别为一种100MHz信道的划分示意图。如图24至图26所示,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,且100Mz信道包括242+242+242-tone MRU,其中每个242-tone RU是100MHz中未被打孔的每个20MHz对应的RU。In another optional implementation, when 20MHz of the 100MHz channel is punctured, each 20MHz that is not punctured corresponds to a 242-tone RU, thus forming a 242+242+242-tone MRU. That is, the 100MHz channel can include 242+242+242-tone MRUs. For example, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU can include 242+242+242-tone MRUs. For instance, Figures 24 to 26 are schematic diagrams of a 100MHz channel partition. As shown in Figures 24 to 26, 40MHz of the 100MHz channel is punctured, and the 100MHz channel includes 242+242+242-tone MRUs, where each 242-tone RU is the RU corresponding to each 20MHz that is not punctured within the 100MHz channel.

一种可能的实现方式,100MHz信道包括242+242+242-tone MRU时,任意两个242-tone MRU也可以组成一个484-tone RU,包括位于不同80MHz中的两个242-tone RU。例如,图25中的第一个20MHz对应的242-tone RU与第四个20MHz对应的242-tone RU可以组成一个非连续的484子载波,即组成一个484-tone RU,从而使得100MHz信道包括484+242-tone MRU,该484+242-tone MRU中的484子载波是非连续的。One possible implementation is that when a 100MHz channel includes 242+242+242-tone MRUs, any two 242-tone MRUs can also form a 484-tone RU, including two 242-tone RUs located in different 80MHz ranges. For example, the 242-tone RU corresponding to the first 20MHz range in Figure 25 and the 242-tone RU corresponding to the fourth 20MHz range can form a non-contiguous 484 subcarrier, i.e., form a 484-tone RU, thus making the 100MHz channel include 484+242-tone MRUs, where the 484 subcarriers are non-contiguous.

可见,non-OFDMA传输中,如果100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,100MHz信道包括484+242-tone MRU,或者100MHz信道包括242+242+242-tone MRU。It can be seen that in non-OFDMA transmission, if 40MHz of 100MHz is punctured, the 100MHz channel includes 484+242-tone MRU, or the 100MHz channel includes 242+242+242-tone MRU.

需要说明的是,上述表5所示的打孔字段,可以指示100MHz信道的划分方式,或者说,可以指示100MHz信道包括的RU/MRU。或者说,第一PPDU的打孔字段指示的打孔模式,可以对应100MH包括的RU/MRU。It should be noted that the puncture field shown in Table 5 above can indicate the allocation method of the 100MHz channel, or in other words, it can indicate the RU/MRU included in the 100MHz channel. Alternatively, the puncture mode indicated by the puncture field of the first PPDU can correspond to the RU/MRU included in the 100MHz channel.

传输模式1.2:OFDMA传输。Transmission mode 1.2: OFDMA transmission.

相比于non-OFDMA传输,OFDMA传输中,第一设备可以将频域资源分别分配给不同的用户。因此,第一设备可以无需定义新的RU或MRU类型,直接采用协议已定义的RU或MRU类型,以减少实现的复杂度。一种可能的实现方式,第一设备也可以重新定义RU或MRU类型,使其可以更灵活的利用资源,调度用户。Compared to non-OFDMA transmission, in OFDMA transmission, the first device can allocate frequency domain resources to different users. Therefore, the first device can directly use the RU or MRU types already defined in the protocol without defining new RU or MRU types, reducing implementation complexity. Alternatively, the first device could redefine the RU or MRU types to allow for more flexible resource utilization and user scheduling.

与non-OFDMA传输类似,OFDMA传输中,100MHz可以不存在打孔,也可以存在打孔。其中,100MHz存在打孔时,该100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,或者该100MHz中的40MHz被打孔。以下也分别针对100MHz不存在打孔的场景、100MHz中的20MHz被打孔的场景以及100MHz中的40MHz被打孔的场景,阐述OFDMA传输模式中,100MHz信道的实施方式:Similar to non-OFDMA transmission, in OFDMA transmission, the 100MHz channel may or may not have puncturing. When puncturing is present in the 100MHz channel, either 20MHz or 40MHz of that 100MHz channel is punctured. The following describes the implementation of the 100MHz channel in OFDMA transmission mode for scenarios with no puncturing, 20MHz of that 100MHz channel being punctured, and 40MHz of that 100MHz channel being punctured:

场景1.21:100MHz不存在打孔。Scenario 1.21: No punch holes exist at 100MHz.

该场景中,100MHz均可用于传输信息。第一设备可以不重新定义新的RU或MRU,比如直接将100MHz中80MHz内的资源分配给一个或多个用户,其余20MHz内的资源分配给另外的一个或多个用户。In this scenario, the entire 100MHz band can be used for information transmission. The first device does not need to redefine a new RU or MRU; for example, it can directly allocate resources within 80MHz of the 100MHz band to one or more users, and allocate resources within the remaining 20MHz band to one or more other users.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz不存在打孔时,100MHz可以包括一个484+242-tone MRU和两个242-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个484+242-tone MRU和两个242-tone RU。该方式中,第一设备跨80MHz定义了484+242-tone MRU,可以更灵活的利用资源。例如,图27为又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图,如图27所示,100MHz信道包括一个484+242-tone MRU和两个242-tone RU,其中100MHz中最高60MHz对应的484+242-tone MRU是跨80MHz定义的。In one optional implementation, when there is no puncturing in the 100MHz band, the 100MHz band may include one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs. For example, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs. In this method, the first device defines the 484+242-tone MRU across 80MHz, allowing for more flexible resource utilization. For example, Figure 27 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning. As shown in Figure 27, the 100MHz channel includes one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs, where the 484+242-tone MRU corresponding to the highest 60MHz in the 100MHz band is defined across 80MHz.

另一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz不存在打孔时,100MHz信道可以包括一个484-tone RU和三个242-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道可以包括一个484-tone RU和三个242-tone RU。例如,图28为又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图,如图28所示,100MHz信道包括一个484-tone RU和三个242-tone RU。In another optional implementation, when there is no puncturing in the 100MHz channel, the 100MHz channel may include one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs. For example, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU may include one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs. For instance, Figure 28 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning. As shown in Figure 28, the 100MHz channel includes one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz不存在打孔时,100MHz信道可以包括五个242-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道可以包括五个242-tone RU。例如,图29为又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图,如图29所示,100MHz信道包括五个242-tone RU。In another optional implementation, when there is no puncturing in the 100MHz channel, the 100MHz channel may include five 242-tone RUs. For example, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU may include five 242-tone RUs. For example, Figure 29 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning. As shown in Figure 29, the 100MHz channel includes five 242-tone RUs.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz不存在打孔时,100MHz信道可以包括一个242-tone RU和两个484-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个242-tone RU和两个484-tone RU。例如,图30为又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图,如图30所示,100MHz信道包括一个242-tone RU和两个484-tone RU。In another optional implementation, when there is no puncturing in the 100MHz channel, the 100MHz channel may include one 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs. For example, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes one 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs. For instance, Figure 30 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning. As shown in Figure 30, the 100MHz channel includes one 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz不存在打孔时,100MHz信道可以包括一个242-tone RU和一个996-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个242-tone RU和一个996-tone RU。例如,图31为又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图,如图31所示,100MHz信道包括一个242-tone RU和一个996-tone RU。另外,图31所示的100MHz信道中,其996-tone RU是跨80MHz定义的,可更加灵活的利用资源。In another optional implementation, when there is no puncturing in the 100MHz channel, the 100MHz channel may include a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU. For example, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU. For instance, Figure 31 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning. As shown in Figure 31, the 100MHz channel includes a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU. In addition, in the 100MHz channel shown in Figure 31, the 996-tone RU is defined across 80MHz, allowing for more flexible resource utilization.

又一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz不存在打孔时,100MHz信道可以包括一个484+242-tone MRU和一个484-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个484+242-tone MRU和一个484-tone RU。例如,图32为又一种100MHz信道的划分示意图,如图32所示,100MHz信道包括一个484+242-tone MRU和一个484-tone RU。另外,图32所示的100MHz信道中,位于高频频段的484-tone RU是跨80MHz定义的,可更加灵活的利用资源。In another optional implementation, when there is no puncturing in the 100MHz band, the 100MHz channel may include a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU. For example, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU. For instance, Figure 32 is a schematic diagram of another 100MHz channel partitioning. As shown in Figure 32, the 100MHz channel includes a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU. Furthermore, in the 100MHz channel shown in Figure 32, the 484-tone RU located in the high-frequency band is defined across 80MHz, allowing for more flexible resource utilization.

可见,100MHz不存在打孔,不重新定义新的RU或MRU类型时,第一设备可以直接采用已定义的RU或MRU类型,按照上述图28、图29和图30所示的方式,划分100MHz信道,以减少实现的复杂度。另外,100MHz不存在打孔时,第一设备也可以按照图27、图31和图32所示的方式,跨80MHz定义RU,从而可更加灵活的利用资源。As can be seen, when there is no puncturing in the 100MHz band and no new RU or MRU type is defined, the first device can directly adopt the already defined RU or MRU type and divide the 100MHz channel according to the methods shown in Figures 28, 29, and 30 above, to reduce implementation complexity. Alternatively, when there is no puncturing in the 100MHz band, the first device can also define RUs across 80MHz as shown in Figures 27, 31, and 32, thus allowing for more flexible resource utilization.

场景1.22:100MHz中的20MHz被打孔。Scenario 1.22: 20MHz of 100MHz is punched.

该场景中,第一PPDU还包括打孔字段指示信息,打孔字段指示信息用于指示100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,20MHz位于100MHz中的最低80MHz内。其中,打孔字段指示信息指示的含义,以及打孔模式可参见上述场景1.12中所述,不再赘述。In this scenario, the first PPDU also includes a punch field indication information, which indicates that 20MHz of the 100MHz band has been punched, and the 20MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band. The meaning of the punch field indication information and the punching mode can be found in scenario 1.12 above, and will not be repeated here.

然而,该场景中打孔字段指示信息的具体形式,与场景1.12中打孔字段指示信息的具体形式不相同。针对OFDMA传输,100MHz中最低80MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,最高20MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,且最高20MHz对应的一个4比特为1111。其中,100MHz中最低80MHz对应的一个4比特用于指示该最低80MHz中20MHz的打孔情况,最高20MHz对应的1111用于指示该最高20MHz不被打孔。也就是说,针对OFDMA传输,对于100MHz的第一PPDU,存在两个4比特的打孔指示信息,一个4比特的打孔指示信息与100MHz中的最低80MHz对应,用于指示该最低80MHz中的20MHz的打孔情况;另一个比特的取值置为1111,用于指示100MHz中的最高20MHz不被打孔。However, the specific format of the puncturing field indication information in this scenario differs from that in Scenario 1.12. For OFDMA transmission, the lowest 80MHz within 100MHz corresponds to a 4-bit puncturing indication, and the highest 20MHz corresponds to a 4-bit puncturing indication, with the 4-bit value corresponding to the highest 20MHz being 1111. Specifically, the 4-bit value corresponding to the lowest 80MHz within 100MHz indicates the puncturing status of 20MHz within that lowest 80MHz, while the 1111 value corresponding to the highest 20MHz indicates that the highest 20MHz is not punctured. In other words, for OFDMA transmission, for the first PPDU at 100MHz, there are two 4-bit puncturing indication messages: one corresponding to the lowest 80MHz within 100MHz, indicating the puncturing status of 20MHz within that lowest 80MHz; and the other bit set to 1111, indicating that the highest 20MHz within 100MHz is not punctured.

OFDMA传输中,打孔字段指示信息为打孔字段时,打孔字段的含义可参见下表6所示:In OFDMA transmission, when the puncture field indicator information is a puncture field, the meaning of the puncture field can be found in Table 6 below:

表6

Table 6

表6中,域值-1为100MHz中最低80MHz对应的一个4比特,域值-2为100MHz中最高20MHz对应的一个4比特。其中,域值-1的取值代表100MHz中最低80MHz中20MHz的打孔模式,比如域值-1的取值为0111,表示该最低80MHz中的最低20MHz被打孔。域值-2的取值为1111,代表100MHz中最高20MHz不被打孔,从而保障100MHz的传输资源。In Table 6, the value -1 represents a 4-bit segment corresponding to the lowest 80MHz within the 100MHz range, and the value -2 represents a 4-bit segment corresponding to the highest 20MHz within the 100MHz range. The value of the value -1 indicates the puncturing pattern of the 20MHz segment within the lowest 80MHz range. For example, a value of 0111 indicates that the lowest 20MHz segment within that 80MHz range is punctured. A value of 1111 for the value -2 indicates that the highest 20MHz segment within the 100MHz range is not punctured, thus ensuring the transmission resources of the 100MHz range.

另外,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,100MHz的信道划分方式,可以参见上述场景1.12中100MHz信道的划分方式。例如,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU。再例如,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,100MHz信道包括484+484-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道可以包括484+484-tone MRU,484+484-tone MRU中的两个484子载波为连续的或非连续的。再例如,100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,100MHz信道包括996-tone RU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道可以包括996-tone RU,996-tone RU中的996子载波为连续的或非连续的。Additionally, when 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punctured, the channel allocation method for the 100MHz band can be found in Scenario 1.12 above. For example, when 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punctured, the 100MHz channel includes 484+242+242-tone MRUs, such as the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU including 484+242+242-tone MRUs. As another example, when 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punctured, the 100MHz channel includes 484+484-tone MRUs, such as the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU including 484+484-tone MRUs, where the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU can be consecutive or non-consecutive. For example, when 20MHz of 100MHz is punched, the 100MHz channel includes a 996-tone RU. For instance, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU may include a 996-tone RU, where the 996 subcarriers in the 996-tone RU may be continuous or discontinuous.

场景1.23:100MHz中的40MHz被打孔。Scenario 1.23: 40MHz in 100MHz is punched.

该场景中,第一PPDU还包括打孔字段指示信息,打孔字段指示信息用于指示100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,40MHz位于100MHz中的最低80MHz内。其中,打孔字段指示信息指示的含义,以及打孔模式可参见上述场景1.13中所述,不再赘述。In this scenario, the first PPDU also includes a punch field indication information, which indicates that 40MHz of the 100MHz band has been punched, and the 40MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band. The meaning of the punch field indication information and the punching mode can be found in scenario 1.13 above, and will not be repeated here.

然而,该方式中的打孔字段指示信息的具体形式,与场景1.13中打孔字段指示信息的具体形式不相同。针对OFDMA传输,100MHz中最低80MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,最高20MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,且最高20MHz对应的一个4比特为1111。其中,100MHz中最低80MHz对应的一个4比特用于指示该最低80MHz中的40MHz的打孔情况,最高20MHz对应的1111用于指示该最高20MHz不被打孔。也就是说,针对OFDMA传输,对于100MHz的第一PPDU,存在两个4比特的打孔指示信息,一个4比特的打孔指示信息与100MHz中的最低80MHz对应,用于指示该最低80MHz中的40MHz的打孔情况;另一个比特的取值置为1111,用于指示100MHz中的最高20MHz不被打孔。However, the specific format of the puncturing field indication information in this method differs from that in scenario 1.13. For OFDMA transmission, the lowest 80MHz within 100MHz corresponds to a 4-bit puncturing indication, and the highest 20MHz corresponds to a 4-bit puncturing indication, with the 4-bit value corresponding to the highest 20MHz being 1111. Specifically, the 4-bit value corresponding to the lowest 80MHz within 100MHz indicates the puncturing status of 40MHz within that lowest 80MHz, while the 1111 value corresponding to the highest 20MHz indicates that the highest 20MHz is not punctured. In other words, for OFDMA transmission, for the first PPDU at 100MHz, there are two 4-bit puncturing indications: one corresponding to the lowest 80MHz within 100MHz, indicating the puncturing status of 40MHz within that lowest 80MHz; and the other bit set to 1111, indicating that the highest 20MHz within 100MHz is not punctured.

OFDMA传输中,打孔字段指示信息为打孔字段时,打孔字段指示100MHz中的40MHz被打孔的多种情况可参见上述表6所示,不再赘述。In OFDMA transmission, when the puncturing field indication information is a puncturing field, the various cases in which the puncturing field indicates that 40MHz of 100MHz is punctured can be seen in Table 6 above, and will not be repeated here.

另外,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,100MHz的信道划分方式,可以参见上述场景1.13中100MHz信道的划分方式。例如,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,100MHz信道可以包括484+242-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道可以包括484+242-tone MRU。再例如,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,100MHz信道可以包括242+242+242-tone MRU,比如传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道可以包括242+242+242-tone MRU。Additionally, when 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punctured, the channel allocation method for the 100MHz band can be found in Scenario 1.13 above. For example, when 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punctured, the 100MHz channel can include 484+242-tone MRUs, such as the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU. As another example, when 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punctured, the 100MHz channel can include 242+242+242-tone MRUs, such as the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU.

需要说明的是,上述表6所示的打孔字段,可以指示100MHz信道的划分方式,或者说,可以指示100MHz信道包括的RU/MRU。It should be noted that the punched field shown in Table 6 above can indicate the division method of the 100MHz channel, or in other words, it can indicate the RU/MRU included in the 100MHz channel.

另外,对于OFDMA传输,若第一PPDU包括UHR-SIG字段,在UHR-SIG字段的公共部分,会进一步存在资源单元分配(resourceunit allocation,RU Allocation)字段,该RU Allocation字段用于进行用户的RU或MRU分配,以及用于指示分配的RU或MRU对应的用户数。一般来说,每242-tone RU范围会对应一个RU Allocation字段。从而,对于占用100MHz的第一PPDU,总共存在5个RU Allocation字段(按频率从低到高标记为RU Allocation#1到RU Allocation#5)。进一步的,在一个80MHz频率子块中,通常会定义两个内容信道(content channel,CC),在不同20MHz子信道承载不同的内容,以提升传输效率。Furthermore, for OFDMA transmission, if the first PPDU includes a UHR-SIG field, a Resource Unit Allocation (RU Allocation) field will further exist in the common part of the UHR-SIG field. This RU Allocation field is used to allocate RUs or MRUs to users and to indicate the number of users corresponding to the allocated RUs or MRUs. Generally, there is one RU Allocation field for every 242-tone RU range. Thus, for a first PPDU occupying 100MHz, there are a total of 5 RU Allocation fields (labeled from low to high frequency as RU Allocation#1 to RU Allocation#5). Furthermore, within an 80MHz frequency sub-block, two content channels (CCs) are typically defined, carrying different content on different 20MHz sub-channels to improve transmission efficiency.

对于100MHz的OFDMA传输,或Non-OFDMA的MU-MIMO传输,每个CC携带在一个20MHz内。在100MHz的最低80MHz内,为CC1,CC2,CC1,CC2的重复模式;在100MHz的最高20MHz内,存在CC1,内容可以与最低80MHz内的CC1内容不同,因此也可以被标记为CC3。For 100MHz OFDMA transmission, or Non-OFDMA MU-MIMO transmission, each CC is carried within a 20MHz band. Within the lowest 80MHz band of 100MHz, there is a repeating pattern of CC1, CC2, CC1, CC2; within the highest 20MHz band of 100MHz, there exists CC1, the content of which can differ from the content of CC1 within the lowest 80MHz band, and therefore can also be designated as CC3.

也就是说,传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道在低80MHz包括第一内容信道和第二内容信道,在高20MHz包括第三内容信道。一种可能的实现方式,第一PPDU包括UHR-SIG,UHR-SIG在低80MHz包括第一内容信道和第二内容信道,在高20MHz包括第三内容信道。In other words, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz, and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz. One possible implementation is that the first PPDU includes a UHR-SIG, where the UHR-SIG includes the first and second content channels in the lower 80MHz, and the third content channel in the upper 20MHz.

一种可选的实施方式中,第一内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载三个资源单元分配字段,第二内容信道承载两个资源单元分配字段,第一内容信道、第二内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载的资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配。In one optional implementation, the first content channel and the third content channel each carry three resource unit allocation fields, and the second content channel carries two resource unit allocation fields. The resource unit allocation fields carried by the first content channel, the second content channel, and the third content channel are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU.

示例性的,第一内容信道为CC1,第二内容信道为CC2,第三内容信道为CC3,其中CC1和CC2是传输100MHz信道在低80MHz包括的CC,CC3是100MHz信道在高20MHz包括的CC。图33为一种资源单元分配信息示意图。如图33所示,UHR-SIG包括CC1、CC2和CC3,在100MHz的最低80MHz内,为CC1,CC2,CC1,CC2的重复模式。CC1和CC2按照频率从低到高依次承载RU Allocation#1、RU Allocation#2、RU Allocation#3、RU Allocation#4和RU Allocation#5。因此,CC1承载RU Allocation#1、RU Allocation#3、RU Allocation#5,CC2承载RU Allocation#2和RU Allocation#4。CC3承载的RU Allocation与CC1承载的RU Allocation相同,即CC3承载RU Allocation#1、RU Allocation#3、RU Allocation#5。CC1、CC2和CC3承载的每个RU Allocation均用于指示RU或MRU的分配,CC1和CC3需要指示一致的RU或MRU的分配,包括RU或MRU大小和位置。一种可能的实现方式,CC3承载的每个RU Allocation指示的用户数与CC1承载的每个RU Allocation指示的用户数可以不相同,比如CC3承载的RU Allocation#1指示的用户数与CC1承载的RU Allocation#1指示的用户数不相同。一种可能的实现方式,CC3承载的每个RU Allocation指示的用户数与CC1承载的每个RU Allocation指示的用户数可以相同,比如CC3承载的RU Allocation#1指示的用户数与CC1承载的RU Allocation#1指示的用户数相同,该方式中CC1与CC3相同。For example, the first content channel is CC1, the second content channel is CC2, and the third content channel is CC3. CC1 and CC2 are the CCs included in the lower 80MHz of a 100MHz channel, and CC3 is the CC included in the upper 20MHz of a 100MHz channel. Figure 33 is a schematic diagram of resource unit allocation information. As shown in Figure 33, UHR-SIG includes CC1, CC2, and CC3, and within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz channel, it is a repeating pattern of CC1, CC2, CC1, CC2. CC1 and CC2 carry RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#2, RU Allocation#3, RU Allocation#4, and RU Allocation#5 sequentially from low to high frequency. Therefore, CC1 carries RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5, and CC2 carries RU Allocation#2 and RU Allocation#4. The RU Allocation carried by CC3 is the same as the RU Allocation carried by CC1, i.e., CC3 carries RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5. Each RU Allocation carried by CC1, CC2, and CC3 is used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs. CC1 and CC3 need to indicate consistent RU or MRU allocations, including the size and location of the RUs or MRUs. One possible implementation is that the number of users indicated by each RU Allocation carried by CC3 may not be the same as the number of users indicated by each RU Allocation carried by CC1; for example, the number of users indicated by RU Allocation#1 carried by CC3 may not be the same as the number of users indicated by RU Allocation#1 carried by CC1. Another possible implementation is that the number of users indicated by each RU Allocation carried by CC3 may be the same as the number of users indicated by each RU Allocation carried by CC1; for example, the number of users indicated by RU Allocation#1 carried by CC3 may be the same as the number of users indicated by RU Allocation#1 carried by CC1. In this method, CC1 and CC3 are the same.

如图33所示,每个CC还承载了循环冗余码(cyclic redundancy code,CRC)和Tail。其中,CRC用于校验编码块的比特是否传输正确,Tail为尾部,Tail置0,用于终止卷积解码器的网格。每个CC中的Tail结束可以标志一个字段的结束,且该字段可以被称为CC的公共字段。另外,每个CC还承载U-SIG溢出字段,该U-SIG溢出字段用于承载U-SIG无法承载的公共信息。As shown in Figure 33, each CC also carries a cyclic redundancy code (CRC) and a tail. The CRC is used to verify whether the bits of the coded block have been transmitted correctly. The tail is the end of the code; setting the tail to 0 terminates the grid of the convolutional decoder. The end of the tail in each CC can mark the end of a field, and this field can be called the common field of the CC. Additionally, each CC also carries a U-SIG overflow field, which is used to carry common information that U-SIG cannot carry.

一种可能的实现方式,第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段位于第二公共编码块,第三内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块,且第一公共编码块和第三公共编码块分别承载三个资源单元分配字段,第二公共编码块承载两个资源单元分配字段。或者说,第一内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载三个资源单元分配字段,第二内容信道承载两个资源单元分配字段的情况下,第一内容信道的公共字段、第二内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段分别位于一个公共编码块,该方式可节省CRC和Tail的开销。One possible implementation is that the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block. Furthermore, the first and third common coding blocks each carry three resource unit allocation fields, while the second common coding block carries two resource unit allocation fields. Alternatively, if the first and third content channels each carry three resource unit allocation fields, and the second content channel carries two resource unit allocation fields, then the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels are each located in a single common coding block. This approach saves on CRC and Tail overhead.

例如,图34至图36分别为一种资源单元分配信息示意图。如图34所示,CC1承载的RU Allocation#1、RU Allocation#3和RU Allocation#5对应的公共字段位于公共编码块11。如图35所示,CC2承载的RU Allocation#2、RU Allocation#4对应的公共字段位于公共编码块21。如图36所示,CC3承载的RU Allocation#1、RU Allocation#3和RU Allocation#5对应的公共字段位于公共编码块31。For example, Figures 34 to 36 are schematic diagrams of resource unit allocation information. As shown in Figure 34, the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5 carried by CC1 are located in common coding block 11. As shown in Figure 35, the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#2 and RU Allocation#4 carried by CC2 are located in common coding block 21. As shown in Figure 36, the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5 carried by CC3 are located in common coding block 31.

另外,图34至图36中,还包括用户编码块,比如用户编码块11,该用户编码块承载用户标识,且承载的用户标识与公共编码块承载的RU Allocation指示的RU或MRU的分配对应。例如,图34中,公共编码块11承载的RU Allocation#1、RU Allocation#3和RU Allocation#5分别指示的RU或MRU的分配,与用户编码块11承载的用户标识对应,或者理解为:公共编码块11承载的RU Allocation#1、RU Allocation#3和RU Allocation#5分别指示的RU或MRU的分配,是为用户编码块11承载的用户标识对应的用户分配的。同理,以下资源单元分配信息示意图中的用户编码块与公共编码块具有相同理解,不再赘述。Additionally, Figures 34 to 36 also include user coding blocks, such as user coding block 11. This user coding block carries a user identifier, and the user identifier corresponds to the RU or MRU allocation indicated by the RU Allocation carried by the common coding block. For example, in Figure 34, the RU or MRU allocations indicated by RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5 carried by the common coding block 11 correspond to the user identifier carried by user coding block 11. Alternatively, it can be understood that the RU or MRU allocations indicated by RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5 carried by the common coding block 11 are allocated to the user corresponding to the user identifier carried by user coding block 11. Similarly, the user coding blocks and common coding blocks in the following resource unit allocation information diagrams have the same understanding and will not be elaborated further.

一种可能的实现方式,第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块和第二公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块,第三内容信道的公共字段位于第四公共编码块和第五公共编码块,第一公共编码块、第三公共编码块和第四公共编码块分别承载两个资源单元分配字段,第二公共编码块和第五公共编码块分别承载一个资源单元分配字段。或者说,第一内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载三个资源单元分配字段,第二内容信道承载两个资源单元分配字段的情况下,第一内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段分别位于两个公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段位于一个公共编码块。One possible implementation is that the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first and second common coding blocks, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third common coding block, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fourth and fifth common coding blocks. The first, third, and fourth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields, while the second and fifth common coding blocks each carry one resource unit allocation field. Alternatively, if the first and third content channels each carry three resource unit allocation fields, and the second content channel carries two resource unit allocation fields, then the common fields of the first and third content channels are located in two separate common coding blocks, and the common fields of the second content channel are located in one common coding block.

例如,图37至图39分别为一种资源单元分配信息示意图。如图37所示,CC1承载的RU Allocation#1和RU Allocation#3对应的公共字段位于公共编码块11,CC1承载的RU Allocation#5对应的公共字段位于公共编码块12。如图38所示,CC2承载的RU Allocation#2和RU Allocation#4对应的公共字段位于公共编码块21。如图39所示,CC3承载的RU Allocation#1和RU Allocation#3对应的公共字段位于公共编码块31,CC1承载的RU Allocation#5对应的公共字段位于公共编码块32。For example, Figures 37 to 39 are schematic diagrams of resource unit allocation information. As shown in Figure 37, the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1 and RU Allocation#3 carried by CC1 are located in common coding block 11, and the common field corresponding to RU Allocation#5 carried by CC1 is located in common coding block 12. As shown in Figure 38, the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#2 and RU Allocation#4 carried by CC2 are located in common coding block 21. As shown in Figure 39, the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1 and RU Allocation#3 carried by CC3 are located in common coding block 31, and the common field corresponding to RU Allocation#5 carried by CC1 is located in common coding block 32.

可见,第一内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载三个资源单元分配字段,第二内容信道承载两个资源单元分配字段,第一内容信道、第二内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载的资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配的情况下,第一内容信道的公共字段、第二内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段分别位于一个公共编码块,或者,第一内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段分别位于两个公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段位于一个公共编码块。As can be seen, the first content channel and the third content channel each carry three resource unit allocation fields, and the second content channel carries two resource unit allocation fields. When the resource unit allocation fields carried by the first content channel, the second content channel, and the third content channel are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU, the common fields of the first content channel, the second content channel, and the third content channel are each located in one common coding block, or the common fields of the first content channel and the third content channel are each located in two common coding blocks, and the common field of the second content channel is located in one common coding block.

另一种可选的实施方式中,第一内容信道、第二内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载三个资源单元分配字段。其中,第一内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载的三个资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配;第二内容信道承载的三个资源单元分配字段中,两个资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配,一个资源单元分配字段为预留字段或用于指示打孔信息或用于指示预留信息。一种可能的实现方式,第二内容信道承载的一个资源单元分配字段可以替换为预留字段。In another optional implementation, the first content channel, the second content channel, and the third content channel each carry three resource unit allocation fields. Specifically, the three resource unit allocation fields carried by the first and third content channels are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs; of the three resource unit allocation fields carried by the second content channel, two resource unit allocation fields are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs, and one resource unit allocation field is a reserved field or used to indicate punching information or reserved information. In one possible implementation, the one resource unit allocation field carried by the second content channel can be replaced with a reserved field.

第一内容信道、第二内容信道和第三内容信道均承载三个资源单元分配字段的方式,可保障不同的内容信道内公共字段的长度相等,有利于接收端(比如第二设备)进行解码和解析。The first, second, and third content channels all carry three resource unit allocation fields, which ensures that the length of common fields in different content channels is equal, which is beneficial for the receiving end (such as the second device) to decode and parse.

示例性的,第一内容信道为CC1,第二内容信道为CC2,第三内容信道为CC3,其中CC1和CC2是传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道在低80MHz包括的CC,CC3是100MHz信道在高20MHz包括的CC。图40为又一种资源单元分配信息示意图。如图40所示,CC1和CC3均承载RU Allocation#1、RU Allocation#3和RU Allocation#5,CC2承载RU Allocation#2、RU Allocation#4、RU Allocation#6。CC1和CC3承载的RU Allocation#1、RU Allocation#3和RU Allocation#5,以及CC2承载的RU Allocation#2和RU Allocation#4用于指示RU或MRU的分配,CC2承载的RU Allocation#6用于指示打孔信息,或者用于指示预留信息。一种可能的实现方式,CC2承载的RU Allocation#6可以替换为预留字段,即CC2承载的RU Allocation#4之后为预留字段,不为RU Allocation字段。For example, the first content channel is CC1, the second content channel is CC2, and the third content channel is CC3. CC1 and CC2 are the CCs included in the lower 80MHz of the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU, and CC3 is the CC included in the upper 20MHz of the 100MHz channel. Figure 40 is a schematic diagram of another type of resource unit allocation information. As shown in Figure 40, CC1 and CC3 both carry RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5, while CC2 carries RU Allocation#2, RU Allocation#4, and RU Allocation#6. The RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5 carried by CC1 and CC3, and the RU Allocation#2 and RU Allocation#4 carried by CC2, are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs. The RU Allocation#6 carried by CC2 is used to indicate puncturing information or reservation information. One possible implementation is that the RU Allocation#6 carried by CC2 can be replaced with a reserved field, that is, the RU Allocation#4 carried by CC2 is followed by a reserved field, not a RU Allocation field.

一种可能的实现方式,第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段位于第二公共编码块,第三内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块,第一公共编码块、第二公共编码块和第三公共编码块分别承载三个资源单元分配字段。或者说,第一内容信道、第二内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载三个资源单元分配字段的情况下,第一内容信道的公共字段、第二内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段分别位于一个公共编码块。One possible implementation is that the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block. The first, second, and third common coding blocks each carry three resource unit allocation fields. Alternatively, if the first, second, and third content channels each carry three resource unit allocation fields, then the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels are each located in a single common coding block.

例如,图41至图43分别为一种资源单元分配信息示意图。如图41所示,CC1承载的RU Allocation#1、RU Allocation#3和RU Allocation#5对应的公共字段位于公共编码块11。如图42所示,CC2承载的RU Allocation#2、RU Allocation#4,以及RU Allocation#6或预留字段对应的公共字段位于公共编码块21。如图43所示,CC3承载的RU Allocation#1、RU Allocation#3和RU Allocation#5对应的公共字段位于公共编码块31。For example, Figures 41 to 43 are schematic diagrams of resource unit allocation information. As shown in Figure 41, the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5 carried by CC1 are located in common coding block 11. As shown in Figure 42, the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#2, RU Allocation#4, and RU Allocation#6 or reserved fields carried by CC2 are located in common coding block 21. As shown in Figure 43, the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5 carried by CC3 are located in common coding block 31.

一种可能的实现方式,第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块和第二公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块和第四公共编码块,第三内容信道的公共字段位于第五公共编码块和第六公共编码块。其中,第一公共编码块、第三公共编码块和第五公共编码块分别承载两个资源单元分配字段,第二公共编码块、第四编码块和第六公共编码块分别承载一个资源单元分配字段;或者;第一公共编码块、第三公共编码块和第五公共编码块分别承载两个资源单元分配字段,第二公共编码块、第四公共编码块和第六公共编码块分别承载一个预留字段。或者说,第一内容信道、第二内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载三个资源单元分配字段的情况下,第一内容信道的公共字段、第二内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段分别位于两个公共编码块。One possible implementation is that the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first and second common coding blocks, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third and fourth common coding blocks, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fifth and sixth common coding blocks. Specifically, the first, third, and fifth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields, and the second, fourth, and sixth common coding blocks each carry one resource unit allocation field; or, the first, third, and fifth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields, and the second, fourth, and sixth common coding blocks each carry one reserved field. Alternatively, if the first, second, and third content channels each carry three resource unit allocation fields, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels are each located in two common coding blocks.

例如,图44至图46分别为一种资源单元分配信息示意图。如图44所示,CC1承载的RU Allocation#1和RU Allocation#3对应的公共字段位于公共编码块11,承载的RU Allocation#5对应的公共字段位于公共编码块12。如图45所示,CC2承载的RU Allocation#2和RU Allocation#4对应的公共字段位于公共编码块21,承载的RU Allocation#6或预留字段对应的公共字段位于公共编码块22。如图46所示,CC3承载的RU Allocation#1和RU Allocation#3对应的公共字段位于公共编码块31,承载的RU Allocation#5对应的公共字段位于公共编码块32。For example, Figures 44 to 46 are schematic diagrams of resource unit allocation information. As shown in Figure 44, the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1 and RU Allocation#3 carried by CC1 are located in common coding block 11, and the common field corresponding to RU Allocation#5 carried by CC1 is located in common coding block 12. As shown in Figure 45, the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#2 and RU Allocation#4 carried by CC2 are located in common coding block 21, and the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#6 or reserved fields carried by CC2 are located in common coding block 22. As shown in Figure 46, the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1 and RU Allocation#3 carried by CC3 are located in common coding block 31, and the common field corresponding to RU Allocation#5 carried by CC3 is located in common coding block 32.

可见,第一内容信道、第二内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载三个资源单元分配字段的情况下,第一内容信道的公共字段、第二内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段分别位于一个公共编码块,或者,第一内容信道的公共字段、第二内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段分别位于两个公共编码块。As can be seen, when the first content channel, the second content channel, and the third content channel each carry three resource unit allocation fields, the common fields of the first content channel, the common fields of the second content channel, and the common fields of the third content channel are each located in one common coding block, or the common fields of the first content channel, the common fields of the second content channel, and the common fields of the third content channel are each located in two common coding blocks.

S102.第一设备采用100MHz信道发送第一PPDU。S102. The first device transmits the first PPDU using a 100MHz channel.

S103.第二设备接收第一PPDU。S103. The second device receives the first PPDU.

S104.第二设备解析第一PPDU。S104. The second device analyzes the first PPDU.

其中,第二设备解析第一PPDU,包括:读取第一PPDU的带宽字段指示信息,通过带宽字段指示信息获得该第一PPDU占用的带宽为100MHz。一种可能的实现方式,第二设备读取第一PPDU的U-SIG中的带宽字段,通过带宽字段,获得该第一PPDU占用的带宽为100MHz。The second device parses the first PPDU, including: reading the bandwidth field indication information of the first PPDU, and obtaining that the bandwidth occupied by the first PPDU is 100MHz through the bandwidth field indication information. One possible implementation is that the second device reads the bandwidth field in the U-SIG of the first PPDU, and obtains that the bandwidth occupied by the first PPDU is 100MHz through the bandwidth field.

一种可能的实现方式,第二设备还读取第一PPDU的打孔字段指示信息,通过打孔字段指示信息,获得传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道中的打孔情况,进而可以根据该100MHz的打孔情况,获取承载数据信息的信道,进而从该信道中获取承载的数据信息。一种可能的实现方式,第二设备读取第一PPDU的U-SIG中的打孔字段,通过打孔字段,获得传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道的打孔情况,从而从未被打孔的信道中获取数据信息。In one possible implementation, the second device further reads the puncture field indication information of the first PPDU. Through this information, it obtains the puncture status of the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU. Based on this 100MHz puncture status, it can then obtain the channel carrying the data information and retrieve the data information from that channel. Alternatively, the second device reads the puncture field in the U-SIG of the first PPDU. Through this field, it obtains the puncture status of the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU, thereby retrieving data information from the unpunctured channel.

一种可选的实施方式中,100MHz属于非授权频段的5735MHz至5835MHz,比如传输第一PPDU采用的100MHz属于非授权频段的5735MHz至5835MHz。该方式下,第一设备可以充分利用非授权频段的5735MHz至5835MHz对应的100MHz来传输数据,即可最大化5.8GHz的频谱利用率,提高频谱利用率和系统吞吐率,降低时延。In one optional implementation, 100MHz belongs to the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz. For example, the 100MHz used to transmit the first PPDU belongs to the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz. In this way, the first device can make full use of the 100MHz corresponding to the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz to transmit data, thereby maximizing the spectrum utilization of 5.8GHz, improving spectrum utilization and system throughput, and reducing latency.

另外,非授权频段UNII-2A部分的频谱需要搭配动态谱选择(dynamic frequency selection,DFS)和传输功率控制(transmit power control,TPC),以检测气象雷达等信号,实现比较复杂,容易产生虚警,因此在5.1GHz比较难使用大于80MHz的频谱。100MHz属于非授权频段的5735MHz至5835MHz时,在UNII-3部分添加了100MHz信道的使用,可以更容易实现大于80MHz频谱的使用。Furthermore, the spectrum in the unlicensed UNII-2A band requires dynamic frequency selection (DFS) and transmit power control (TPC) to detect signals such as weather radar, which is complex and prone to false alarms. Therefore, it is difficult to use spectrum greater than 80MHz in the 5.1GHz band. When 100MHz falls within the unlicensed band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz, the addition of a 100MHz channel in the UNII-3 section makes it easier to use spectrum greater than 80MHz.

一种可能的实现方式,100MHz属于授权频段,比如传输第一PPDU采用的100MHz属于授权频段。该方式针对某些环境下存在100MHz相对可用带宽时,可以使得第一设备充分使用该100MHz传输数据,可提高频谱利用率。One possible implementation is to use a licensed frequency band, such as the 100MHz band used to transmit the first PPDU. This approach is suitable for environments where there is a relatively available bandwidth of 100MHz, allowing the first device to fully utilize this 100MHz for data transmission, thus improving spectrum utilization.

一种可能的实现方式,第一设备向第二设备发送100MHz的第一PPDU的条件下,还可向第二设备发送160MHz的PPDU。也就是说,第一设备可以结合多链路传输(multi-link operation,MLO),利用5.1GHz的160MHz进行传输,以及利用5.8GHz的100MHz进行传输,从而最大化5GHz的频谱利用率。One possible implementation is that, in addition to sending a 100MHz PPDU to the second device, the first device can also send a 160MHz PPDU to the second device. That is, the first device can combine multi-link operation (MLO) to utilize 160MHz of 5.1GHz for transmission and 100MHz of 5.8GHz for transmission, thereby maximizing the spectrum utilization of 5GHz.

可见,本申请实施例中,第一设备生成100MHz的第一PPDU,并采用100MHz的信道向第二设备传输该第一PPDU,可实现100MHz的数据传输。该方式与第一设备采用协议已定义的PPDU传输信息相比,可提高频谱利用率。As can be seen, in this embodiment of the application, the first device generates a 100MHz first PPDU and transmits the first PPDU to the second device using a 100MHz channel, thereby achieving 100MHz data transmission. Compared with the first device using a PPDU with a predefined protocol for information transmission, this method can improve spectrum utilization.

本申请实施例提出还一种通信方法200,图47是该通信方法200的交互示意图。该通信方法200也从第一设备与第二设备的交互角度进行阐述。该通信方法200包括但不限于以下步骤:This application also proposes a communication method 200, and Figure 47 is an interactive schematic diagram of the communication method 200. The communication method 200 is also described from the perspective of the interaction between a first device and a second device. The communication method 200 includes, but is not limited to, the following steps:

S201.第一设备生成第一PPDU,第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息和打孔字段指示信息,带宽字段指示信息用于指示第一PPDU的带宽为160MHz,打孔字段指示信息用于指示160MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔。S201. The first device generates a first PPDU, which includes bandwidth field indication information and puncture field indication information. The bandwidth field indication information is used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the puncture field indication information is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured.

一种可能的实现方式,第一PPDU包括通用信令字段指示信息,通用信令字段指示信息包括带宽字段指示信息和打孔字段指示信息。另外,通用信令字段指示信息可以是通用信令字段,带宽字段指示信息可以是用于指示带宽的信息,比如带宽字段指示信息为带宽字段,带宽字段用于指示第一PPDU的带宽为160MHz;打孔字段指示信息可以是用于指示打孔模式的信息,比如打孔字段指示信息为打孔字段,打孔字段用于指示第一PPDU。One possible implementation is that the first PPDU includes general signaling field indication information, which includes bandwidth field indication information and puncturing field indication information. Furthermore, the general signaling field indication information can be a general signaling field, and the bandwidth field indication information can be information used to indicate bandwidth, such as a bandwidth field indicating that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz; the puncturing field indication information can be information used to indicate the puncturing mode, such as a puncturing field indicating that the puncturing field is used to indicate the first PPDU.

一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU包括U-SIG,U-SIG包括带宽字段和打孔字段。其中,U-SIG中的带宽字段的取值为3,表示第一PPDU的带宽为160MHz。另外,U-SIG中的打孔字段用于指示160MHz中最高60MHz被打孔,那么第一PPDU实际占用的带宽为100MHz。In one optional implementation, the first PPDU includes a U-SIG, which includes a bandwidth field and a puncturing field. The bandwidth field in the U-SIG has a value of 3, indicating that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz. Additionally, the puncturing field in the U-SIG indicates that up to 60MHz of the 160MHz bandwidth is punctured, so the actual bandwidth occupied by the first PPDU is 100MHz.

可见,第一设备可以通过U-SIG中的带宽字段指示第一PPDU的带宽为160MHz,以及通过U-SIG中的打孔字段指示该160MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔,从而使得第一PPDU实际占用的带宽为100MHz。As can be seen, the first device can indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz through the bandwidth field in U-SIG, and indicate that the highest 60MHz of that 160MHz is punched through the punching field in U-SIG, so that the bandwidth actually occupied by the first PPDU is 100MHz.

一种可能的实现方式,打孔字段指示信息不指示160MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔,用于指示160MHz中的最低60MHz被打孔,从而也可使得第一PPDU实际占用的带宽为100MHz。One possible implementation is that the puncturing field indication information does not indicate that the highest 60MHz in 160MHz is punctured, but is used to indicate that the lowest 60MHz in 160MHz is punctured, so that the bandwidth actually occupied by the first PPDU is 100MHz.

一种可选的实施方式中,第一PPDU为UHR PPDU,UHR PPDU可参见上述S101中所述,不再赘述。一种可能的实现方式,第一PPDU可以是802.11bn以后的标准中的PPDU,本申请实施例对此不做限定。为便于阐述,以下以第一PPDU为UHR PPDU为例进行说明。In one optional implementation, the first PPDU is a UHR PPDU, which can be referred to in S101 above and will not be repeated here. Another possible implementation is that the first PPDU can be a PPDU from a standard later than 802.11bn; this application does not limit this implementation. For ease of explanation, the following description uses a UHR PPDU as the first PPDU.

另外,第一PPDU的传输模式包括non-OFDMA传输和OFDMA传输。以下分别针对non-OFDMA传输和OFDMA传输两种传输模式,阐述100MHz的信道的实施方式:Furthermore, the first PPDU's transmission modes include non-OFDMA transmission and OFDMA transmission. The following describes the implementation methods for the 100MHz channel for both non-OFDMA and OFDMA transmission modes:

传输模式2.1:non-OFDMA传输。Transmission mode 2.1: non-OFDMA transmission.

Non-OFDMA传输中,需要重新定义第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz信道中的MRU。另外,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz信道可能不存在打孔,也可能存在被打孔的情况。第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz信道存在被打孔的情况时,该100MHz中的20MHz可以被打孔,或者该100MHz中的40MHz可以被打孔。因此,以下分别针对第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz不存在打孔的场景、第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的20MHz被打孔的场景,以及第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的40MHz被打孔的场景,阐述第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz的信道的实施方式:In Non-OFDMA transmission, the MRU in the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU needs to be redefined. Furthermore, the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU may or may not have punctured bandwidth. When the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU has punctured bandwidth, 20MHz or 40MHz of that 100MHz can be punctured. Therefore, the following describes the implementation methods for the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU in scenarios where there is no punctured bandwidth, 20MHz of that 100MHz is punctured, and 40MHz of that 100MHz is punctured:

场景2.11:第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz不存在打孔。Scenario 2.11: The 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU does not have any punch holes.

其中,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz不存在打孔,标识第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz均可用于传输数据。The 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU has no punch holes, indicating that the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU can be used for data transmission.

该场景中,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz的信道的实施方式,可参见上述通信方法100的场景1.11中100MHz的信道的实施方式,不再赘述。例如,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的80MHz可以对应一个996-tone RU,最高20MHz可以对应一个242-tone RU,从而传输第一PPDU的信道可以包括996+242-tone MRU。In this scenario, the implementation method for the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU can be found in scenario 1.11 of the communication method 100 described above, and will not be repeated here. For example, 80MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU can correspond to a 996-tone RU, and the maximum 20MHz can correspond to a 242-tone RU, so the channel for transmitting the first PPDU can include 996+242-tone MRU.

需要说明的是,目前协议定义的160MHz的信道中不包括996+242-tone MRU的情况。也就是说,996+242-tone MRU格式是本申请实施例新定义的一种MRU格式。It should be noted that the 160MHz channel defined in the current protocol does not include the 996+242-tone MRU case. In other words, the 996+242-tone MRU format is a newly defined MRU format in this application embodiment.

场景2.12:第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的20MHz被打孔。Scenario 2.12: 20MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punched.

其中,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,表示第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中存在80MHz可以用于传输数据。In this case, 20MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punched, indicating that 80MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU can be used for data transmission.

该场景中,第一PPDU的打孔字段指示信息还用于指示100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,20MHz位于100MHz中的最低80MHz内,或者说,被打孔的20MHz不是该100MHz中的最高20MHz。从而,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,该100MHz中第一个至第四个20MHz可以被打孔,共存在4种打孔模式。In this scenario, the puncturing field indication information of the first PPDU is also used to indicate that 20MHz of the 100MHz band is punctured. This 20MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or in other words, the punctured 20MHz band is not the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band. Therefore, when 20MHz of the 100MHz band actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured, the first to fourth 20MHz bands of that 100MHz band can be punctured, resulting in a total of four puncturing modes.

一种可能的实现方式,打孔字段指示信息为打孔字段,打孔字段的含义可参见下述表7:One possible implementation is that the punch field indicates the punch field information, and the meaning of the punch field can be found in Table 7 below:

表7
Table 7

从表7可以看出,打孔字段的取值置0时,表示160MHz中最高60MHz被打孔,最低100MHz不存在打孔;打孔字段的取值置1至4时,分别表示160MHz中最高60MHz被打孔,且最低100MHz中的20MHz的打孔情况。例如,打孔字段的取值置2时,表示160MHz中最高60MHz被打孔,且最低100MHz中的第二个20MHz被打孔。As shown in Table 7, when the value of the "punch" field is 0, it means that the highest 60MHz in the 160MHz range has been punched, and the lowest 100MHz has no punches. When the value of the "punch" field is 1 to 4, it means that the highest 60MHz in the 160MHz range has been punched, and the second 20MHz in the lowest 100MHz range has been punched. For example, when the value of the "punch" field is 2, it means that the highest 60MHz in the 160MHz range has been punched, and the second 20MHz in the lowest 100MHz range has been punched.

另外,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,该实际占用的100MHz信道划分方式可参见上述通信方法100中场景1.12中100MHz的信道划分方式,或者说传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道的划分方式可参见上述通信方法100中场景1.12中100MHz的信道划分方式,不再赘述。In addition, when 20MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punched, the channel allocation method of the actually occupied 100MHz can be referred to the channel allocation method of 100MHz in scenario 1.12 of the above-mentioned communication method 100, or the allocation method of the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can be referred to the channel allocation method of 100MHz in scenario 1.12 of the above-mentioned communication method 100, and will not be repeated here.

例如,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz信道中的20MHz被打孔时,该100MHz包括484+242+242-tone MRU。再例如,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz信道中的20MHz被打孔时,该100MHz包括484+484-tone MRU。再例如,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz信道中的20MHz被打孔时,该100MHz包括996-tone RU。For example, when 20MHz of the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured, that 100MHz includes 484+242+242-tone MRUs. As another example, when 20MHz of the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured, that 100MHz includes 484+484-tone MRUs. As yet another example, when 20MHz of the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured, that 100MHz includes 996-tone RUs.

场景2.13:第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的40MHz被打孔。Scenario 2.13: 40MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punched.

其中,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,表示第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中存在60MHz可以用于传输数据。In this case, 40MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punched, indicating that 60MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU can be used for data transmission.

该场景中,第一PPDU的打孔字段指示信息还用于指示100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,40MHz位于100MHz中的最低80MHz内,或者说,被打孔的40MHz不包括该100MHz中的最高20MHz。从而,100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,100MHz的第一个至第四个20MHz中的40MHz可以被打孔,共存在3种打孔模式,其具体打孔模式可参见上述表7所示。例如,打孔字段的值置5时,表示160MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔,且160MHz中最低100MHz中的最低40MHz被打孔。In this scenario, the puncturing field indication information of the first PPDU is also used to indicate that 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punctured. This 40MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band, or in other words, the punctured 40MHz band does not include the highest 20MHz band of the 100MHz band. Therefore, when 40MHz of the 100MHz band is punctured, 40MHz bands from the first to fourth 20MHz bands of the 100MHz band can be punctured, resulting in three puncturing patterns, the specific patterns of which can be found in Table 7 above. For example, when the puncturing field value is set to 5, it indicates that the highest 60MHz band of the 160MHz band is punctured, and the lowest 40MHz band of the lowest 100MHz band of the 160MHz band is punctured.

另外,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,该实际占用的100MHz信道划分方式可参见上述通信方法100中场景1.13中100MHz的信道划分方式,或者说传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道的划分方式可参见上述通信方法100中场景1.13中100MHz的信道划分方式,不再赘述。In addition, when 40MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punched, the channel allocation method of the actually occupied 100MHz can be referred to the channel allocation method of 100MHz in scenario 1.13 of the above-mentioned communication method 100, or the allocation method of the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU can be referred to the channel allocation method of 100MHz in scenario 1.13 of the above-mentioned communication method 100, and will not be repeated here.

例如,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,该100MHz信道可以包括484+242-tone MRU。再例如,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,该100MHz信道可以包括242+242+242-tone MRU。For example, if 40MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured, the 100MHz channel can include a 484+242-tone MRU. As another example, if 40MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured, the 100MHz channel can include a 242+242+242-tone MRU.

传输模式2.2:OFDMA传输。Transmission mode 2.2: OFDMA transmission.

OFDMA传输模式中,第一设备可以无需定义新的RU或MRU类型,直接采用已定义的RU或MRU类型,以减少实现的复杂度。一种可能的实现方式,第一设备也可以重新定义RU或MRU类型,使其可以更灵活的利用资源,调度用户。In OFDMA transmission mode, the first device can directly adopt the already defined RU or MRU type without defining a new RU or MRU type, thus reducing implementation complexity. Alternatively, the first device can redefine the RU or MRU type to allow for more flexible resource utilization and user scheduling.

与non-OFDMA传输类似,针对OFDMA传输,下分也别针对第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中不存在打孔的场景、第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的20MHz被打孔的场景,以及第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的40MHz被打孔的场景,阐述第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz的信道的实施方式:Similar to non-OFDMA transmission, for OFDMA transmission, the following scenarios are further divided into three scenarios: no puncturing in the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU, 20MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured, and 40MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured. The implementation methods for the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU are described below:

场景2.21:第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz不存在打孔。Scenario 2.21: The 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU does not have any vias.

第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz不存在打孔时,第一设备可以不重新定义新的RU或MRU,也可以重新定义新的RU或MRU。该方式中,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz的信道划分方式,可参见上述通信方法100中的场景1.21中100MHz信道的划分方式,不再赘述。When there is no puncturing in the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU, the first device may choose not to redefine a new RU or MRU, or it may redefine a new RU or MRU. In this method, the channel allocation method for the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU can be found in the 100MHz channel allocation method in scenario 1.21 of the above communication method 100, and will not be repeated here.

例如,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz不存在打孔时,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz信道包括一个484+242-tone MRU和两个242-tone RU。再例如,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz不存在打孔时,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz信道包括一个484-tone RU和三个242-tone RU。再例如,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz不存在打孔时,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz信道包括五个242-tone RU。再例如,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz不存在打孔时,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz信道可以包括一个242-tone RU和两个484-tone RU。For example, if there are no puncturing ROMs in the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU, the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU includes one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs. As another example, if there are no puncturing ROMs in the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU, the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU includes one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs. As yet another example, if there are no puncturing ROMs in the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU, the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU includes five 242-tone RUs. As yet another example, if there are no puncturing ROMs in the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU, the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU may include one 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs.

场景2.22:第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的20MHz被打孔。Scenario 2.22: 20MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punched.

该场景中,打孔字段指示信息还用于指示100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,20MHz位于100MHz中的最低80MHz内。其中,打孔字段指示信息指示的含义,以及打孔模式可参见上述场景1.12中所述,不再赘述。In this scenario, the punch field indication information is also used to indicate that 20MHz within the 100MHz band has been punched, and this 20MHz band is located within the lowest 80MHz band of the 100MHz band. The meaning of the punch field indication information and the punching mode can be found in scenario 1.12 above, and will not be repeated here.

然而,该方式中的打孔字段指示信息的具体形式,与场景1.12中打孔字段指示信息的具体形式不相同。针对OFDMA传输,160MHz中最低80MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,最高80MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,且最高80MHz对应的一个4比特为1000。其中,160MHz中最低80MHz对应的一个4比特用于指示该最低80MHz中20MHz的打孔情况,最高80MHz对应的1000用于指示该最高80MHz中最高60MHz被打孔且最低20MHz不被打孔。也就是说,针对OFDMA传输,对于160MHz的第一PPDU,存在两个4比特的打孔指示信息,一个4比特的打孔指示信息与160MHz中的最低80MHz对应,用于指示该最低80MHz中的20MHz的打孔情况;另一个比特的取值置为1000,用于指示160MHz中最高80MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔且最低20MHz不被打孔。However, the specific format of the puncturing field indication information in this method differs from that in Scenario 1.12. For OFDMA transmission, the lowest 80MHz within the 160MHz band corresponds to a 4-bit puncturing indication, and the highest 80MHz corresponds to a 4-bit puncturing indication, with the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 80MHz being 1000. Specifically, the 4-bit corresponding to the lowest 80MHz within the 160MHz band indicates the puncturing status of 20MHz within that band, while the 1000 corresponding to the highest 80MHz indicates that the highest 60MHz within that band is punctured and the lowest 20MHz is not. In other words, for OFDMA transmission, for the first PPDU of 160MHz, there are two 4-bit puncturing indication messages. One 4-bit puncturing indication message corresponds to the lowest 80MHz in 160MHz and is used to indicate the puncturing status of 20MHz in the lowest 80MHz. The other bit is set to 1000 and is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz in the highest 80MHz in 160MHz is punctured and the lowest 20MHz is not punctured.

OFDMA传输中,第一PPDU的打孔字段指示信息为打孔字段时,打孔字段的含义可参见下述表8所示:In OFDMA transmission, when the puncture field indicator information of the first PPDU is a puncture field, the meaning of the puncture field can be found in Table 8 below:

表8

Table 8

表8中,域值-1为160MHz中最低80MHz对应的一个4比特,域值-2为160MHz中最高80MHz对应的一个4比特。其中,域值-1的取值代表160MHz中最低80MHz中20MHz的打孔模式,比如域值-1的值置为0111,表示该最低80MHz中最低20MHz被打孔。域值-2的取值置为1000,代表160MHz中最高60MHz被打孔且最低20MHz不被打孔,从而可保障第一PPDU实际占用的带宽为100MHz。In Table 8, the value -1 represents a 4-bit segment corresponding to the lowest 80MHz within the 160MHz range, and the value -2 represents a 4-bit segment corresponding to the highest 80MHz within the 160MHz range. Specifically, the value of the value -1 represents the puncturing pattern of 20MHz within the lowest 80MHz range. For example, a value of 0111 indicates that the lowest 20MHz within that lowest 80MHz range is punctured. A value of 1000 for the value -2 indicates that the highest 60MHz within the 160MHz range is punctured while the lowest 20MHz is not, thus ensuring that the first PPDU actually occupies 100MHz of bandwidth.

另外,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz的信道划分方式,可参见上述通信方法100中的场景1.22中100MHz信道的划分方式,不再赘述。例如,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,该100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU。再例如,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,该100MHz信道包括484+484-tone MRU,484+484-tone MRU中的两个484子载波为连续的或非连续的。再例如,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的20MHz被打孔时,该100MHz信道包括996-tone RU,996-tone RU中的996子载波为连续的或非连续的。Furthermore, when 20MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured, the channel allocation method for the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU can be found in the 100MHz channel allocation method in scenario 1.22 of the aforementioned communication method 100, and will not be repeated here. For example, when 20MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured, the 100MHz channel includes 484+242+242-tone MRUs. As another example, when 20MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured, the 100MHz channel includes 484+484-tone MRUs, where the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRUs are either consecutive or non-consecutive. As yet another example, when 20MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured, the 100MHz channel includes 996-tone RUs, where the 996 subcarriers in the 996-tone RUs are either consecutive or non-consecutive.

场景2.23:第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的40MHz被打孔。Scenario 2.23: 40MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punched.

该场景中,打孔字段指示信息还用于指示第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,40MHz位于100MHz中的最低80MHz内。其中,打孔字段指示信息指示的含义,以及打孔模式可参见上述场景1.23中所述,不再赘述。In this scenario, the punch field indication information is also used to indicate that 40MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU has been punched, and the 40MHz is located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz. The meaning of the punch field indication information and the punching mode can be found in Scenario 1.23 above, and will not be repeated here.

然而,该方式中的打孔字段指示信息的具体形式与场景1.13中打孔字段指示信息的具体形式不相同。针对OFDMA传输,第一PPDU的160MHz中最低80MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,最高60MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,且最高60MHz对应的一个4比特为1000。其中,160MHz中最低80MHz对应的一个4比特用于指示该最低80MHz中40MHz的打孔情况,最高80MHz对应的1000用于指示该最高80MHz中最高60MHz被打孔且最低20MHz不存在打孔。也就是说,针对OFDMA传输,对于160MHz的第一PPDU,存在两个4比特的打孔指示信息,一个4比特的打孔指示信息与160MHz中的最低80MHz对应,用于指示该最低80MHz中的40MHz的打孔情况;另一个比特的取值置为1000,用于指示160MHz中最高80MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔且最低20MHz不被打孔。However, the specific format of the puncturing field indication information in this method differs from that in scenario 1.13. For OFDMA transmission, the lowest 80MHz of the first PPDU corresponds to a 4-bit puncturing indication, and the highest 60MHz corresponds to a 4-bit puncturing indication, with the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 60MHz being 1000. Specifically, the 4-bit corresponding to the lowest 80MHz within the 160MHz range indicates the puncturing status of 40MHz within that lowest 80MHz range, while the 1000 corresponding to the highest 80MHz indicates that the highest 60MHz within that highest 80MHz range is punctured and the lowest 20MHz is not punctured. In other words, for OFDMA transmission, for the first PPDU of 160MHz, there are two 4-bit puncturing indication messages. One 4-bit puncturing indication message corresponds to the lowest 80MHz in 160MHz and is used to indicate the puncturing status of 40MHz in the lowest 80MHz. The other bit is set to 1000 and is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz in the highest 80MHz in 160MHz is punctured and the lowest 20MHz is not punctured.

OFDMA传输中,打孔字段指示信息为打孔字段时,打孔字段指示第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的40MHz被打孔的含义可参见上述表8所示,不再赘述。In OFDMA transmission, when the puncturing field indication information is a puncturing field, the meaning of the puncturing field indicating that 40MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured can be found in Table 8 above, and will not be repeated here.

另外,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,该100MHz的信道划分方式,可以参见上述场景1.13中100MHz信道的划分方式。例如,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,该100MHz信道包括484+242-tone MRU。再例如,第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的40MHz被打孔时,该100MHz信道包括242+242+242-tone MRU。Additionally, when 40MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured, the channel allocation method for that 100MHz can be found in the 100MHz channel allocation method in Scenario 1.13 above. For example, when 40MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured, that 100MHz channel includes 484+242-tone MRUs. As another example, when 40MHz of the 100MHz actually occupied by the first PPDU is punctured, that 100MHz channel includes 242+242+242-tone MRUs.

另外,对于OFDMA传输,若第一PPDU包括UHR-SIG字段,在UHR-SIG字段的公共部分存在用于进行用户的RU或MRU分配的RU Allocation字段,以及用于指示分配的RU或MRU对应的用户数。从而,对于160MHz的第一PPDU,160MHz中的每个20MHz存在一个RU Allocation字段,则总共存在8个RU Allocation字段(按频率从低到高标记为RU Allocation#1到RU Allocation#8)。进一步的,通常会定义两个内容信道(content channel,CC),在不同20MHz子信道承载不同的内容,以提升传输效率。Furthermore, for OFDMA transmission, if the first PPDU includes a UHR-SIG field, the common portion of the UHR-SIG field contains an RU Allocation field for user RU or MRU allocation, and an indication of the number of users corresponding to the allocated RU or MRU. Thus, for a 160MHz first PPDU, there is one RU Allocation field for every 20MHz within the 160MHz, resulting in a total of eight RU Allocation fields (labeled RU Allocation#1 to RU Allocation#8 from low to high frequency). Further, two content channels (CCs) are typically defined, carrying different content on different 20MHz sub-channels to improve transmission efficiency.

对于160MHz的第一PPDU的OFDMA传输,或Non-OFDMA的MU-MIMO传输,每个CC携带在一个20MHz内。在160MHz的最低80MHz内,为CC1,CC2,CC1,CC2的重复模式;在160MHz的最高80MHz内,存在CC1,内容可以和最高80MHz内的CC1内容不同,因此也可以被标记为CC3。For OFDMA transmission of the first PPDU at 160MHz, or MU-MIMO transmission of Non-OFDMA, each CC is carried within a 20MHz band. Within the lowest 80MHz band of 160MHz, there is a repeating pattern of CC1, CC2, CC1, CC2; within the highest 80MHz band of 160MHz, there is CC1, the content of which may differ from the content of CC1 within the highest 80MHz band, and therefore it can also be designated as CC3.

也就是说,160MHz中用于传输第一PPDU的100MHz信道在低80MHz包括第一内容信道和第二内容信道,在高20MHz包括第三内容信道。一种可能的实现方式,第一PPDU包括UHR-SIG,UHR-SIG在低80MHz包括第一内容信道和第二内容信道,在高20MHz包括第三内容信道。In other words, the 100MHz channel used to transmit the first PPDU in the 160MHz band includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz band, and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz band. One possible implementation is that the first PPDU includes a UHR-SIG, where the UHR-SIG includes the first and second content channels in the lower 80MHz band, and the third content channel in the upper 20MHz band.

一种可选的实施方式中,第一内容信道、第二内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载四个资源单元分配字段。其中,第一内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载的四个资源单元分配字段中,三个资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配,一个资源单元分配字段为预留字段或用于指示打孔信息或用于指示预留信息;第二内容信道承载的四个资源单元分配字段中,两个资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配,两个资源单元分配字段为预留字段或用于指示打孔信息或用于指示预留信息。In one optional implementation, the first content channel, the second content channel, and the third content channel each carry four resource unit allocation fields. Specifically, of the four resource unit allocation fields carried by the first and third content channels, three are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs, and one is a reserved field, or used to indicate punching information or reserved information. Of the four resource unit allocation fields carried by the second content channel, two are used to indicate the allocation of RUs or MRUs, and two are reserved fields, or used to indicate punching information or reserved information.

一种可能的实现方式,第一内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载三个资源单元分配字段以及一个预留字段,第二内容信道承载两个资源单元分配字段以及两个预留字段,每个资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配。One possible implementation is that the first content channel and the third content channel carry three resource unit allocation fields and one reservation field, respectively, and the second content channel carries two resource unit allocation fields and two reservation fields. Each resource unit allocation field is used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU.

示例性的,第一内容信道为CC1,第二内容信道为CC2,第三内容信道为CC3,其中CC1和CC2是第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz信道在低80MHz包括的CC,CC3是第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz信道在高20MHz包括的CC。图48为又一种资源单元分配信息示意图。如图48所示,CC1承载RU Allocation#1、RU Allocation#3、RU Allocation#5和RU Allocation#7,CC2承载RU Allocation#2、RU Allocation#4、RU Allocation#6和RU Allocation#8,CC3承载RU Allocation#1、RU Allocation#3、RU Allocation#5和RU Allocation#7。其中,CC1和CC3承载的RU Allocation#1、RU Allocation#3和RU Allocation#5用于指示RU或MRU的分配,CC1和CC3承载的RU Allocation#7用于指示打孔信息,或用于指示预留信息,或者CC1和CC3承载的不是RU Allocation#7,而是预留字段。CC2承载的RU Allocation#2和RU Allocation#4用于指示RU或MRU的分配,CC2承载的RU Allocation#6和RU Allocation#8用于指示打孔信息,或用于指示预留信息,或者CC2承载的不是RU Allocation#6和RU Allocation#8,而是两个预留字段。For example, the first content channel is CC1, the second content channel is CC2, and the third content channel is CC3. CC1 and CC2 are the CCs included in the lower 80MHz of the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU, and CC3 is the CCs included in the upper 20MHz of the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU. Figure 48 is a schematic diagram of another type of resource unit allocation information. As shown in Figure 48, CC1 carries RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, RU Allocation#5, and RU Allocation#7; CC2 carries RU Allocation#2, RU Allocation#4, RU Allocation#6, and RU Allocation#8; and CC3 carries RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, RU Allocation#5, and RU Allocation#7. Specifically, RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, and RU Allocation#5 carried by CC1 and CC3 are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU. RU Allocation#7 carried by CC1 and CC3 is used to indicate punching information or reservation information. Alternatively, CC1 and CC3 may carry a reservation field instead of RU Allocation#7. RU Allocation#2 and RU Allocation#4 carried by CC2 are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU. RU Allocation#6 and RU Allocation#8 carried by CC2 are used to indicate punching information or reservation information. Alternatively, CC2 may carry two reservation fields instead of RU Allocation#6 and RU Allocation#8.

一种可能的实现方式,第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段位于第二公共编码块,第三内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块,第一公共编码块、第二公共编码块和第三公共编码块分别承载四个资源单元分配字段。或者说,第一内容信道、第二内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载四个资源单元分配字段的情况下,第一内容信道的公共字段、第二内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段分别位于一个公共编码块。One possible implementation is that the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block. The first, second, and third common coding blocks each carry four resource unit allocation fields. Alternatively, if the first, second, and third content channels each carry four resource unit allocation fields, then the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels are each located in a single common coding block.

例如,图49至图51分别为一种资源单元分配信息示意图。如图49所示,CC1承载的RU Allocation#1、RU Allocation#3、RU Allocation#5和RU Allocation#7对应的公共字段位于公共编码块11。如图50所示,CC2承载的RU Allocation#2、RU Allocation#4、RU Allocation#6和RU Allocation#8对应的公共字段位于公共编码块21。如图51所示,CC3承载的RU Allocation#1、RU Allocation#3、RU Allocation#5和RU Allocation#7对应的公共字段位于公共编码块31。For example, Figures 49 to 51 are schematic diagrams of resource unit allocation information. As shown in Figure 49, the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, RU Allocation#5, and RU Allocation#7 carried by CC1 are located in common coding block 11. As shown in Figure 50, the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#2, RU Allocation#4, RU Allocation#6, and RU Allocation#8 carried by CC2 are located in common coding block 21. As shown in Figure 51, the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1, RU Allocation#3, RU Allocation#5, and RU Allocation#7 carried by CC3 are located in common coding block 31.

一种可能的实现方式,第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块和第二公共编码块,第二内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块和第四公共编码块,第三内容信道的公共字段位于第五公共编码块和第六公共编码块,第一公共编码块至第六公共编码块分别承载两个资源单元分配字段。或者说,第一内容信道、第二内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载四个资源单元分配字段的情况下,第一内容信道的公共字段、第二内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段分别位于两个公共编码块。One possible implementation is that the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first and second common coding blocks, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third and fourth common coding blocks, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fifth and sixth common coding blocks. The first to sixth common coding blocks each carry two resource unit allocation fields. Alternatively, if the first, second, and third content channels each carry four resource unit allocation fields, the common fields of the first, second, and third content channels are each located in two common coding blocks.

例如,图52至图54分别为一种资源单元分配信息示意图。如图52所示,CC1上RU Allocation#1、RU Allocation#3对应的公共字段位于公共编码块11,RU Allocation#5、RU Allocation#7对应的公共字段位于公共编码块12。如图53所示,CC2上RU Allocation#2、RU Allocation#4对应的公共字段位于公共编码块21,RU Allocation#6、RU Allocation#8对应的公共字段位于公共编码块22。如图54所示,CC3上RU Allocation#1、RU Allocation#3对应的公共字段位于公共编码块31,RU Allocation#5、RU Allocation#7对应的公共字段位于公共编码块32。For example, Figures 52 to 54 are schematic diagrams of resource unit allocation information. As shown in Figure 52, the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1 and RU Allocation#3 on CC1 are located in common coding block 11, and the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#5 and RU Allocation#7 are located in common coding block 12. As shown in Figure 53, the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#2 and RU Allocation#4 on CC2 are located in common coding block 21, and the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#6 and RU Allocation#8 are located in common coding block 22. As shown in Figure 54, the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#1 and RU Allocation#3 on CC3 are located in common coding block 31, and the common fields corresponding to RU Allocation#5 and RU Allocation#7 are located in common coding block 32.

可见,第一内容信道、第二内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载四个资源单元分配字段时,第一内容信道的公共字段、第二内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段分别位于一个公共编码块,或者第一内容信道的公共字段、第二内容信道的公共字段和第三内容信道的公共字段分别位于两个公共编码块。It can be seen that when the first content channel, the second content channel, and the third content channel carry four resource unit allocation fields respectively, the common fields of the first content channel, the common fields of the second content channel, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in one common coding block, or the common fields of the first content channel, the common fields of the second content channel, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in two common coding blocks respectively.

S202.第一设备采用160MHz中最高60MHz打孔后剩余的100MHz信道发送第一PPDU。S202. The first device uses the remaining 100MHz channel after punching the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz channel to transmit the first PPDU.

S203.第二设备接收第一PPDU。S203. The second device receives the first PPDU.

S204.第二设备解析第一PPDU。S204. Second device analyzes the first PPDU.

其中,第二设备解析第一PPDU,包括:读取第一PPDU的带宽字段指示信息和打孔字段指示信息,通过带宽字段指示信息获得第一PPDU的带宽为160MHz,以及通过打孔字段指示信息获得160MHz中最高60MHz被打孔,从而确定第一PPDU实际占用的带宽为100Mz。The second device parses the first PPDU, including: reading the bandwidth field indication information and the puncturing field indication information of the first PPDU, obtaining the bandwidth of the first PPDU as 160MHz through the bandwidth field indication information, and obtaining the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz through the puncturing field indication information, thereby determining that the actual bandwidth occupied by the first PPDU is 100MHz.

一种可能的实现方式,第二设备还通过读取打孔字段指示信息,获得第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的打孔情况,从而可根据第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz中的打孔情况,获取承载数据信息的信道,进而从该信道中获取承载的数据信息。一种可能的实现方式,第二设备读取第一PPDU的U-SIG中的打孔字段,通过打孔字段,获得第一PPDU实际占用的100MHz信道的打孔情况,从而从未被打孔的信道中获取数据信息。In one possible implementation, the second device further obtains the puncturing status of the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU by reading the puncturing field indication information. Based on this puncturing status, the device can then obtain the channel carrying data information and subsequently retrieve the data information from that channel. Alternatively, the second device can read the puncturing field in the U-SIG of the first PPDU to obtain the puncturing status of the 100MHz channel actually occupied by the first PPDU, thereby retrieving data information from the unpunctured channel.

一种传输的实施方式中,传输第一PPDU采用的100MHz属于非授权频段的5735MHz至5835MHz。该方式下,第一设备可以充分利用非授权频段的5735MHz至5835MHz对应的100MHz来传输数据,即可最大化5.8GHz的频谱利用率,提高频谱利用率和系统吞吐率,降低时延。In one transmission implementation, the 100MHz used to transmit the first PPDU falls within the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz. In this method, the first device can fully utilize the 100MHz corresponding to the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz to transmit data, thereby maximizing the 5.8GHz spectrum utilization, improving spectrum utilization and system throughput, and reducing latency.

另外,非授权频段UNII-2A部分的频谱需要搭配动态谱选择(dynamic frequency selection,DFS)和传输功率控制(transmit power control,TPC),以检测气象雷达等信号,实现比较复杂,容易产生虚警,因此在5.1GHz比较难使用大于80MHz的频谱。传输第一PPDU的100MHz属于非授权频段的5735MHz至5835MHz时,是在UNII-3部分添加了100MHz信道的使用,可以更容易实现大于80MHz频谱的使用。Furthermore, the spectrum in the unlicensed band UNII-2A requires dynamic frequency selection (DFS) and transmit power control (TPC) to detect signals such as weather radar, which is complex and prone to false alarms. Therefore, it is difficult to use spectrum greater than 80MHz in the 5.1GHz band. When the 100MHz for transmitting the first PPDU falls within the unlicensed band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz, it is equivalent to adding a 100MHz channel in the UNII-3 section, which makes it easier to use spectrum greater than 80MHz.

一种可能的实现方式,传输第一PPDU采用的100MHz属于授权频段。该方式针对某些环境下存在100MHz相对可用带宽时,可以使得第一设备充分使用该100MHz传输数据,可提高频谱利用率。One possible implementation is to use a licensed frequency band of 100MHz to transmit the first PPDU. This approach allows the first device to fully utilize this 100MHz bandwidth for data transmission in environments where such bandwidth is relatively available, thereby improving spectrum utilization.

一种可能的实现方式,第一设备向第二设备发送实际带宽为100MHz的第一PPDU的条件下,还可向第二设备发送实际带宽为160MHz的PPDU,从而结合多链路传输(multi-link operation,MLO),最大化5GHz的频谱利用率。One possible implementation is that, while the first device sends a first PPDU with an actual bandwidth of 100MHz to the second device, it can also send a PPDU with an actual bandwidth of 160MHz to the second device, thereby combining multi-link operation (MLO) to maximize the spectrum utilization of 5GHz.

可见,本申请实施例中,第一设备生成的第一PPDU中的带宽字段指示第一PPDU的带宽为160MHz,且打孔字段指示160MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔,则第一PPDU实际占用的带宽为100MHz,因此第一设备采用160MHz中最高60MHz打孔后剩余的100MHz信道发送第一PPDU,可实现100MHz的数据传输。该方式与第一设备采用协议已定义的PPDU传输信息相比,可提高频谱利用率。As can be seen, in this embodiment, the bandwidth field in the first PPDU generated by the first device indicates that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the puncturing field indicates that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured. Therefore, the actual bandwidth occupied by the first PPDU is 100MHz. Thus, the first device uses the remaining 100MHz channel after puncturing the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz to transmit the first PPDU, achieving 100MHz data transmission. Compared with the first device using PPDUs with predefined protocols to transmit information, this method can improve spectrum utilization.

本申请实施例提出一种通信方法300,图55是该通信方法300的交互示意图。该通信方法300也从第一设备与第二设备的交互角度进行阐述。该通信方法300包括但不限于以下步骤:This application provides a communication method 300, and Figure 55 is an interactive schematic diagram of the communication method 300. The communication method 300 is also described from the perspective of the interaction between a first device and a second device. The communication method 300 includes, but is not limited to, the following steps:

S301.第一设备生成聚合PPDU,聚合PPDU的带宽为100MHz,聚合PPDU是通过第二PPDU和第三PPDU的聚合获得的,第二PPDU的带宽为20MHz,第三PPDU的带宽为80MHz。S301. The first device generates an aggregated PPDU with a bandwidth of 100MHz. The aggregated PPDU is obtained by aggregating a second PPDU and a third PPDU, with the second PPDU having a bandwidth of 20MHz and the third PPDU having a bandwidth of 80MHz.

其中,第一设备生成聚合PPDU,包括:生成第二PPDU和第三PPDU;通过第二PPDU和第三PPDU生成聚合PPDU。The first device generates a polymerized PPDU, including: generating a second PPDU and a third PPDU; and generating a polymerized PPDU from the second PPDU and the third PPDU.

另外,聚合PPDU可以是一个PPDU,即第一设备对第二PPDU和第三PPDU进行聚合,获得一个PPDU,该PPDU为聚合PPDU。一种可能的实现方式,聚合PPDU是两个分开的PPDU,即第一设备对第二PPDU和第三PPDU进行聚合,获得的聚合PPDU为两个PPDU,比如聚合PPDU包括第二PPDU和第三PPDU。Alternatively, the aggregated PPDU can be a single PPDU, meaning the first device aggregates the second and third PPDUs to obtain a single PPDU, which is called the aggregated PPDU. Another possible implementation is that the aggregated PPDU consists of two separate PPDUs; for example, the aggregated PPDU includes both the second and third PPDUs.

第二PPDU的带宽为20MHz,第三PPDU的带宽为80MHz,则通过第二PPDU和第三PPDU的聚合,获得的聚合PPDU占用100MHz带宽,从而有利于第一设备采用100MHz传输聚合PPDU,实现100MHz的数据传输,提高频谱利用率。The second PPDU has a bandwidth of 20MHz, and the third PPDU has a bandwidth of 80MHz. By aggregating the second and third PPDUs, the resulting aggregated PPDU occupies 100MHz of bandwidth. This allows the first device to use 100MHz to transmit the aggregated PPDU, thereby achieving 100MHz data transmission and improving spectrum utilization.

一种可能的实现方式,传输聚合PPDU的100MHz属于非授权频段的5735MHz至5835MHz。该方式下,第一设备可以充分利用非授权频段的5735MHz至5835MHz对应的100MHz来传输数据,即可最大化5.8GHz的频谱利用率,提高频谱利用率和系统吞吐率,降低时延。One possible implementation is that the 100MHz of transmission for the aggregated PPDU falls within the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz. In this approach, the first device can fully utilize the 100MHz corresponding to the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz to transmit data, thereby maximizing the spectrum utilization of 5.8GHz, improving spectrum utilization and system throughput, and reducing latency.

一种可能的实现方式,传输聚合PPDU的100MHz属于授权频段。该方式针对某些环境下存在100MHz相对可用带宽时,可以使得第一设备充分使用该100MHz传输数据,可提高频谱利用率。One possible implementation is that the 100MHz frequency band for transmitting aggregated PPDUs is within a licensed band. This approach allows the first device to fully utilize this 100MHz bandwidth for data transmission in environments where a relatively available bandwidth exists, thus improving spectrum utilization.

一种可能的实现方式,第二PPDU和第三PPDU是协议版本相同的两个PPDU。比如,第二PPDU和第三PPDU均为UHR PPDU,即聚合PPDU可以是通过带宽分别为20MHz和80MHz的两个UHR PPDU聚合获得的,从而聚合PPDU也可看作是UHR PPDU。其中,UHR PPDU可参见上述S101中所述,不再赘述。例如,图56为一种聚合PPDU的示意图,如图56所示,聚合PPDU是通过带宽分别为20MHz和80MHz的两个UHR PPDU聚合而成的。One possible implementation is that the second and third PPDUs are two PPDUs with the same protocol version. For example, both the second and third PPDUs are UHR PPDUs, meaning the aggregated PPDU can be obtained by aggregating two UHR PPDUs with bandwidths of 20MHz and 80MHz respectively, thus the aggregated PPDU can also be considered a UHR PPDU. The UHR PPDU is described in S101 above and will not be repeated here. For example, Figure 56 is a schematic diagram of an aggregated PPDU. As shown in Figure 56, the aggregated PPDU is formed by aggregating two UHR PPDUs with bandwidths of 20MHz and 80MHz respectively.

一种可能的实现方式,第二PPDU和第三PPDU是协议版本不相同的两个PPDU。例如,第二PPDU为UHR PPDU,第三PPDU为HE PPDU,即聚合PPDU可以是通过带宽为20MHz的UHR PPDU和带宽为80MHz的HE PPDU聚合获得的。例如,图57为另一种聚合PPDU的示意图,如图57所示,聚合PPDU是带宽为20MHz的UHR PPDU与聚合带宽为80MHz的HE PPDU聚合而成的。One possible implementation is that the second and third PPDUs are two PPDUs with different protocol versions. For example, the second PPDU is a UHR PPDU and the third PPDU is an HE PPDU; that is, the aggregated PPDU can be obtained by aggregating a UHR PPDU with a bandwidth of 20MHz and an HE PPDU with a bandwidth of 80MHz. For example, Figure 57 is a schematic diagram of another type of aggregated PPDU. As shown in Figure 57, the aggregated PPDU is formed by aggregating a UHR PPDU with a bandwidth of 20MHz and an HE PPDU with an aggregating bandwidth of 80MHz.

再例如,第二PPDU为HE PPDU,第三PPDU为UHR PPDU,即PPDU可以是通过带宽为80MHz的UHR PPDU和带宽为20MHz的HE PPDU聚合获得的。For example, the second PPDU is an HE PPDU and the third PPDU is a UHR PPDU. That is, a PPDU can be obtained by aggregating a UHR PPDU with a bandwidth of 80MHz and an HE PPDU with a bandwidth of 20MHz.

再例如,第二PPDU为UHR PPDU,第三PPDU为EHT PPDU,即聚合PPDU可以是通过带宽为20MHz的UHR PPDU和带宽为80MHz的EHT PPDU聚合获得的。例如,图58为另一种聚合PPDU的示意图,如图58所示,聚合PPDU是带宽为20MHz的UHR PPDU与聚合带宽为80MHz的EHT PPDU聚合而成的。For example, the second PPDU is a UHR PPDU, and the third PPDU is an EHT PPDU. That is, the aggregated PPDU can be obtained by aggregating a UHR PPDU with a bandwidth of 20MHz and an EHT PPDU with a bandwidth of 80MHz. For example, Figure 58 is a schematic diagram of another type of aggregated PPDU. As shown in Figure 58, the aggregated PPDU is formed by aggregating a UHR PPDU with a bandwidth of 20MHz and an EHT PPDU with an aggregating bandwidth of 80MHz.

再例如,第二PPDU为EHT PPDU,第三PPDU为UHR PPDU,即PPDU可以是通过带宽为80MHz的UHR PPDU和带宽为20MHz的EHT PPDU聚合获得的。For example, the second PPDU is an EHT PPDU and the third PPDU is a UHR PPDU. That is, a PPDU can be obtained by aggregating a UHR PPDU with a bandwidth of 80MHz and an EHT PPDU with a bandwidth of 20MHz.

可见,聚合PPDU可以是通过HE PPDU与UHR PPDU聚合获得的,或者,聚合PPDU可以是通过EHT PPDU与UHR PPDU聚合获得的。该情况下,可以支持传统用户(即UHR标准之前的用户)和UHR用户并行传输,可以最大化传统用户的吞吐率。As can be seen, the aggregated PPDU can be obtained by aggregating HE PPDU and UHR PPDU, or by aggregating EHT PPDU and UHR PPDU. In this case, parallel transmission can be supported for traditional users (i.e., users before the UHR standard) and UHR users, maximizing the throughput of traditional users.

一种可能的实现方式,上述UHR PPDU也可以替换为UHR+PPDU,UHR+PPDU代表802.11bn以后的PPDU。另外,本申请实施例对UHR+PPDU的命名不做限定。In one possible implementation, the aforementioned UHR PPDU can also be replaced with UHR+PPDU, where UHR+PPDU represents PPDUs from 802.11bn onwards. Furthermore, this application does not limit the naming of UHR+PPDU.

S302.第一设备采用100MHz发送聚合PPDU。S302. The first device uses 100MHz to transmit aggregated PPDU.

可理解的,聚合PPDU是两个分开的PPDU时,第一设备采用100MHz发送聚合PPDU,可以指的是:第一设备采用100MHz,在时间上对齐发送聚合PPDU中两个分开的PPDU。Understandably, when the aggregated PPDU consists of two separate PPDUs, the first device sending the aggregated PPDU at 100MHz can mean that the first device uses 100MHz to send the two separate PPDUs in the aggregated PPDU in time alignment.

S303.第二设备接收聚合PPDU。S303. The second device receives the aggregated PPDU.

S304.第二设备解析聚合PPDU。S304. Second device analyzes and aggregates PPDU.

其中,第二设备解析聚合PPDU,包括:第二设备读取聚合PPDU,获得数据信息。The second device parses the aggregated PPDU, including: the second device reads the aggregated PPDU and obtains data information.

可见,本申请实施例中,第一设备可以通过第二PPDU和第三PPDU的聚合,生成聚合PPDU,聚合PPDU占用的带宽为100MHz,从而第一设备采用100MHz信道向第二设备发送聚合PPDU,可实现100MHz的数据传输,可提高频谱利用率。As can be seen, in this embodiment of the application, the first device can generate an aggregated PPDU by aggregating the second PPDU and the third PPDU. The aggregated PPDU occupies a bandwidth of 100MHz, so the first device can send the aggregated PPDU to the second device using a 100MHz channel, thereby realizing 100MHz data transmission and improving spectrum utilization.

本申请实施例中的方案除了标准定义,还可以通过私有方案实现,或者说通过厂家特定特性去实现。用于同一个公司或者同一个联盟下的设备之间进行通信。设备与设备之间传输100MHz PPDU之前,设备之间进行协商,协商采用本申请实施例的方案。In addition to the standard definition, the solutions in this application can also be implemented using proprietary solutions or manufacturer-specific features. They are used for communication between devices within the same company or alliance. Before transmitting 100MHz PPDUs between devices, the devices negotiate to adopt the solution described in this application.

在本申请实施例的方案基础上,第一PPDU还可以承载厂家标识信息,用来指示该PPDU是来自哪个厂家的,并可以进一步通过本申请实施例的指示,指示该PPDU采用了本申请实施例的私有方案技术。Based on the solution of the embodiments of this application, the first PPDU can also carry manufacturer identification information to indicate which manufacturer the PPDU comes from, and can further indicate through the indication of the embodiments of this application that the PPDU adopts the proprietary solution technology of the embodiments of this application.

针对前文描述的技术方案,下文进一步描述相应的装置实现方案。The following section further describes the corresponding device implementation scheme in relation to the technical solution described above.

为了实现上述本申请实施例提供的方法中的各功能,第一设备和第二设备可以包括硬件结构和/或软件模块,以硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现上述各功能。上述各功能中的某个功能以硬件结构、软件模块、还是硬件结构加软件模块的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。To achieve the functions of the methods provided in the embodiments of this application, the first device and the second device may include hardware structures and/or software modules, implementing the functions in the form of hardware structures, software modules, or a combination of hardware structures and software modules. Whether a particular function is executed in the form of hardware structures, software modules, or a combination of hardware structures and software modules depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution.

如图59所示,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置5900。该通信装置5900可以是第一设备的部件(例如,集成电路,芯片等等),也可以是第二设备的部件(例如,集成电路,芯片等等)。该通信装置5900也可以是其他通信单元,用于实现本申请方法实施例中的方法。该通信装置5900可以包括:通信单元5901和处理单元5902。一种可能的实现方式,还可以包括存储单元5903。As shown in Figure 59, this application embodiment provides a communication device 5900. The communication device 5900 can be a component of a first device (e.g., an integrated circuit, a chip, etc.) or a component of a second device (e.g., an integrated circuit, a chip, etc.). The communication device 5900 can also be other communication units used to implement the methods in the method embodiments of this application. The communication device 5900 may include a communication unit 5901 and a processing unit 5902. In one possible implementation, it may further include a storage unit 5903.

在一种可能的设计中,如图59中的一个或者多个单元可能由一个或者多个处理器来实现,或者由一个或者多个处理器和存储器来实现;或者由一个或多个处理器和收发器实现;或者由一个或者多个处理器、存储器和收发器实现,本申请实施例对此不作限定。所述处理器、存储器、收发器可以单独设置,也可以集成。In one possible design, one or more units as shown in Figure 59 may be implemented by one or more processors, or by one or more processors and memory; or by one or more processors and transceivers; or by one or more processors, memory, and transceivers. This application embodiment does not limit this. The processors, memory, and transceivers can be configured individually or integrated.

所述通信装置5900具备实现本申请实施例描述的第一设备的功能,或第二设备的功能。比如,所述通信装置5900包括读写器执行上述各方法实施例中的第一设备涉及步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段(means),所述功能或单元或手段(means)可以通过软件实现,或者通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现,还可以通过软件和硬件结合的方式实现。详细可进一步参考前述对应方法实施例中的相应描述。The communication device 5900 is equipped to implement the functions of the first device or the second device described in the embodiments of this application. For example, the communication device 5900 includes a reader/writer that executes the modules, units, or means corresponding to the steps of the first device in the above method embodiments. The functions, units, or means can be implemented by software, hardware, or hardware executing corresponding software, or a combination of software and hardware. Further details can be found in the corresponding descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments.

在一种可能的设计中,通信装置5900可包括:处理单元5902和通信单元5901,所述装置应用于第一设备;In one possible design, the communication device 5900 may include a processing unit 5902 and a communication unit 5901, the device being applied to the first device;

所述处理单元5902,用于生成第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU,所述第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息,所述带宽字段指示信息用于指示所述第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz;The processing unit 5902 is used to generate a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU), the first PPDU including bandwidth field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information being used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz;

所述通信单元5901,用于采用100MHz信道发送所述第一PPDU。The communication unit 5901 is used to transmit the first PPDU using a 100MHz channel.

在另一种可能的设计中,通信装置5900可包括:处理单元5902和通信单元5901,所述装置应用于第一设备;In another possible design, the communication device 5900 may include a processing unit 5902 and a communication unit 5901, the device being applied to the first device;

所述处理单元5902,用于生成第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU;所述第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息和打孔字段指示信息,所述带宽字段指示信息用于指示所述第一PPDU的带宽为160MHz,所述打孔字段指示信息用于指示所述160MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔;The processing unit 5902 is used to generate a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU); the first PPDU includes bandwidth field indication information and puncturing field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information is used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the puncturing field indication information is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured.

所述通信单元5901,用于采用所述160MHz中最高60MHz打孔后剩余的100MHz信道发送所述第一PPDU。The communication unit 5901 is used to transmit the first PPDU using the remaining 100MHz channel after punching the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz.

在又一种可能的设计中,通信装置5900可包括:处理单元5902和通信单元5901,所述装置应用于第二设备;In another possible design, the communication device 5900 may include a processing unit 5902 and a communication unit 5901, the device being applied to a second device;

所述通信单元5901,用于接收第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU,所述第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息,所述带宽字段指示信息用于指示所述第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz;The communication unit 5901 is used to receive a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU), the first PPDU including bandwidth field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information being used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz;

所述处理单元5902,用于解析所述第一PPDU。The processing unit 5902 is used to parse the first PPDU.

在又一种可能的设计中,通信装置5900可包括:处理单元5902和通信单元5901,所述装置应用于第二设备;In another possible design, the communication device 5900 may include a processing unit 5902 and a communication unit 5901, the device being applied to a second device;

所述通信单元5901,用于接收第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU;所述第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息和打孔字段指示信息,所述带宽字段指示信息用于指示所述第一PPDU的带宽为160MHz,所述打孔字段指示信息用于指示所述160MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔;The communication unit 5901 is used to receive a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU); the first PPDU includes bandwidth field indication information and puncturing field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information is used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the puncturing field indication information is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punctured.

所述处理单元5902,用于解析所述第一PPDU。The processing unit 5902 is used to parse the first PPDU.

一种可选的实施方式中,传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括996+242-tone多资源单元MRU。In one optional implementation, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 996+242-tone multiple resource units (MRUs).

一种可选的实施方式中,传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个484-tone RU和三个242-tone RU;或者,传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括五个242-tone RU;或者,传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个242-tone RU和两个484-tone RU;或者,传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个242-tone RU和一个996-tone RU;或者,传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个484+242-tone MRU和一个484-tone RU;或者,传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个484+242-tone MRU和两个242-tone RU。In one optional implementation, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs; or, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes five 242-tone RUs; or, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs; or, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 242-tone RU and one 996-tone RU; or, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484+242-tone MRU and one 484-tone RU; or, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs.

一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一PPDU还包括打孔字段指示信息,所述打孔字段指示信息用于指示所述100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,所述20MHz位于所述100MHz中的最低80MHz内。In one optional implementation, the first PPDU further includes punch field indication information, which indicates that 20MHz of the 100MHz is punched, and the 20MHz is located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz.

一种可选的实施方式中,所述打孔字段指示信息还用于指示所述100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,所述20MHz位于所述100MHz中的最低80MHz内。In one optional implementation, the punch field indication information is further used to indicate that 20MHz of the 100MHz is punched, the 20MHz being located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz.

一种可选的实施方式中,传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU;或者,传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+484-tone MRU,所述484+484-tone MRU中的两个484子载波为连续的或非连续的;或者,传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括996-tone资源单元RU,所述996-tone RU中的996子载波为连续的或非连续的。In one optional implementation, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+242+242-tone MRU; or, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+484-tone MRU, wherein the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU are continuous or non-contiguous; or, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 996-tone Resource Element RU, wherein the 996 subcarriers in the 996-tone RU are continuous or non-contiguous.

一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一PPDU还包括打孔字段指示信息,所述打孔字段指示信息用于指示所述100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,所述40MHz位于所述100MHz中的最低80MHz内。In one optional implementation, the first PPDU further includes punch field indication information, which indicates that 40MHz of the 100MHz is punched, the 40MHz being located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz.

一种可选的实施方式中,所述打孔字段指示信息还用于指示所述100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,所述40MHz位于所述100MHz中的最低80MHz内。In one optional implementation, the punch field indication information is further used to indicate that 40MHz of the 100MHz is punched, the 40MHz being located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz.

一种可选的实施方式中,传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+242-tone MRU;或者,传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括242+242+242-tone MRU。In one optional implementation, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+242-tone MRU; or, the 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 242+242+242-tone MRU.

一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一PPDU的传输模式为非正交频分多址传输。In one optional implementation, the transmission mode of the first PPDU is non-orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission.

一种可选的实施方式中,所述100MHz中最低80MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,最高20MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,且所述最高20MHz对应的一个4比特为1111。In one optional implementation, the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz corresponds to a 4-bit punch indication, the highest 20MHz corresponds to a 4-bit punch indication, and the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 20MHz is 1111.

一种可选的实施方式中,所述160MHz中最低80MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,最高80MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,且所述最高80MHz对应的一个4比特为1000。In one optional implementation, the lowest 80MHz of the 160MHz corresponds to a 4-bit punch indication, the highest 80MHz corresponds to a 4-bit punch indication, and the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 80MHz is 1000.

一种可选的实施方式中,传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道在低80MHz包括第一内容信道和第二内容信道,在高20MHz包括第三内容信道;所述第一内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载三个资源单元分配字段,所述第二内容信道承载两个资源单元分配字段,所述第一内容信道、所述第二内容信道和所述第三内容信道分别承载的资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配。In one optional implementation, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz; the first content channel and the third content channel each carry three resource unit allocation fields, and the second content channel carries two resource unit allocation fields. The resource unit allocation fields carried by the first content channel, the second content channel and the third content channel are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU.

一种可选的实施方式中,传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道在低80MHz包括第一内容信道和第二内容信道,在高20MHz包括第三内容信道;所述第一内容信道、所述第二内容信道和所述第三内容信道分别承载三个资源单元分配字段;所述第一内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载的三个资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配;所述第二内容信道承载的三个资源单元分配字段中,两个资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配,一个资源单元分配字段为预留字段或用于指示打孔信息或用于指示预留信息。In one optional implementation, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz range, and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz range; the first content channel, the second content channel, and the third content channel each carry three resource unit allocation fields; the three resource unit allocation fields carried by the first content channel and the third content channel are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU; of the three resource unit allocation fields carried by the second content channel, two resource unit allocation fields are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU, and one resource unit allocation field is a reserved field or used to indicate punching information or reserved information.

一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块;所述第二内容信道的公共字段位于第二公共编码块;所述第三内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块。In one optional implementation, the common fields of the first content channel are located in a first common coding block; the common fields of the second content channel are located in a second common coding block; and the common fields of the third content channel are located in a third common coding block.

一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块和第二公共编码块;所述第二内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块;所述第三内容信道的公共字段位于第四公共编码块和第五公共编码块。In one optional implementation, the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block and the second common coding block; the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third common coding block; and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fourth common coding block and the fifth common coding block.

一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块和第二公共编码块;所述第二内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块和第四公共编码块;所述第三内容信道的公共字段位于第五公共编码块和第六公共编码块。In one optional implementation, the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block and the second common coding block; the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third common coding block and the fourth common coding block; and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fifth common coding block and the sixth common coding block.

一种可选的实施方式中,传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道在低80MHz包括第一内容信道和第二内容信道,在高20MHz包括第三内容信道;所述第一内容信道、所述第二内容信道和所述第三内容信道分别承载四个资源单元分配字段;所述第一内容信道和所述第三内容信道分别承载的四个资源单元分配字段中,三个资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配,一个资源单元分配字段为预留字段或用于指示打孔信息或用于指示预留信息;所述第二内容信道承载的四个资源单元分配字段中,两个资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配,两个资源单元分配字段为预留字段或用于指示打孔信息或用于指示预留信息。In one optional implementation, the 100MHz channel transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz range, and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz range; the first content channel, the second content channel, and the third content channel each carry four resource unit allocation fields; of the four resource unit allocation fields carried by the first content channel and the third content channel, three resource unit allocation fields are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU, and one resource unit allocation field is a reserved field or used to indicate punching information or reserved information; of the four resource unit allocation fields carried by the second content channel, two resource unit allocation fields are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU, and two resource unit allocation fields are reserved fields or used to indicate punching information or reserved information.

一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块,所述第二内容信道的公共字段位于第二公共编码块,所述第三内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块;或者,所述第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块和第二公共编码块,所述第二内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块和第四公共编码块,所述第三内容信道的公共字段位于第五公共编码块和第六公共编码块。In one optional implementation, the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block; or, the common fields of the first content channel are located in the first and second common coding blocks, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third and fourth common coding blocks, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fifth and sixth common coding blocks.

一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一PPDU的传输模式为正交频分多址传输。In one optional implementation, the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission.

一种可选的实施方式中,所述100MHz属于非授权频段中的5735MHz至5835MHz。In one alternative implementation, the 100MHz belongs to the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz.

本申请实施例和上述所示方法实施例基于同一构思,其带来的技术效果也相同,具体原理请参照上述所示实施例的描述,不再赘述。The embodiments of this application and the method embodiments shown above are based on the same concept and have the same technical effects. For the specific principles, please refer to the description of the embodiments shown above, which will not be repeated here.

本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置6000,图60为通信装置6000的结构示意图。所述通信装置6000可以是第一设备,也可以是支持第一设备实现上述方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等;或者,可以是第二设备,也可以是支持第二设备实现上述方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等。该装置可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的方法,具体可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。This application also provides a communication device 6000, and Figure 60 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the communication device 6000. The communication device 6000 can be a first device, or a chip, chip system, or processor that supports the first device in implementing the above methods; alternatively, it can be a second device, or a chip, chip system, or processor that supports the second device in implementing the above methods. This device can be used to implement the methods described in the above method embodiments, and specific details can be found in the descriptions of the above method embodiments.

所述通信装置6000可以包括一个或多个处理器6001。所述处理器6001可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如可以是基带处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件或中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)。基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器可以用于对通信装置(如,基站、基带芯片,终端、终端芯片,DU或CU等)进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。The communication device 6000 may include one or more processors 6001. The processor 6001 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor. For example, it may be a baseband processor, digital signal processor, application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field-programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component, or central processing unit (CPU). The baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data, while the CPU can be used to control the communication device (e.g., base station, baseband chip, terminal, terminal chip, DU or CU, etc.), execute software programs, and process data from the software programs.

一种可能的实现方式,所述通信装置6000中可以包括一个或多个存储器6002,其上可以存有指令6004,所述指令可在所述处理器6001上被运行,使得所述通信装置6000执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。其中,所述指令可以替换为程序。一种可能的实现方式,所述存储器6002中还可以存储有数据。所述处理器6001和存储器6002可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起。所述处理器6001,用于解析信令信息,处理相关数据;所述存储器6002,涉及存储的信令信息,以及提前约定的预设值等。In one possible implementation, the communication device 6000 may include one or more memories 6002, which may store instructions 6004. These instructions can be executed on the processor 6001, causing the communication device 6000 to perform the method described in the above method embodiments. The instructions can be replaced with programs. In another possible implementation, the memory 6002 may also store data. The processor 6001 and the memory 6002 can be configured separately or integrated together. The processor 6001 is used to parse signaling information and process related data; the memory 6002 contains stored signaling information and pre-agreed preset values, etc.

一种可能的实现方式,所述通信装置6000还可以包括收发器6005、天线6006。所述收发器6005可以称为收发单元、收发机、或收发电路等,用于实现收发功能。收发器6005可以包括接收器和发送器,接收器可以称为接收机或接收电路等,用于实现接收功能;发送器可以称为发送机或发送电路等,用于实现发送功能。In one possible implementation, the communication device 6000 may further include a transceiver 6005 and an antenna 6006. The transceiver 6005, which may be referred to as a transceiver unit, transceiver, or transceiver circuit, is used to implement transceiver functions. The transceiver 6005 may include a receiver and a transmitter. The receiver, which may be referred to as a receiver or receiving circuit, is used to implement a receiving function; the transmitter, which may be referred to as a transmitter or transmitting circuit, is used to implement a transmitting function.

在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置6000可以应用于第一设备,具体地,处理器6001用于执行上述通信方法100中的S101,通信方法200中的S201、通信方法300中的S301;收发器6005用于执行上述通信方法100中的S102,通信方法200中的S202、通信方法300中的S302。In one possible design, the communication device 6000 can be applied to the first device. Specifically, the processor 6001 is used to execute S101 in the communication method 100, S201 in the communication method 200, and S301 in the communication method 300; the transceiver 6005 is used to execute S102 in the communication method 100, S202 in the communication method 200, and S302 in the communication method 300.

在另一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置6000可以应用于第二设备,具体地,处理器6001用于执行上述通信方法100中的S104、通信方法200中的S204、通信方法300中的S304;收发器6005用于执行上述通信方法100中的S103、通信方法200中的S203、通信方法300中的S303。In another possible design, the communication device 6000 can be applied to a second device, specifically, the processor 6001 is used to execute S104 in the above-mentioned communication method 100, S204 in the communication method 200, and S304 in the communication method 300; the transceiver 6005 is used to execute S103 in the above-mentioned communication method 100, S203 in the communication method 200, and S303 in the communication method 300.

一种可能的实现方式,处理器6001可以存有指令6003,指令6003在处理器6001上运行,可使得所述通信装置6000执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。指令6003可能固化在处理器6001中,该种情况下,处理器6001可能由硬件实现。In one possible implementation, processor 6001 may store instructions 6003, which, when executed on processor 6001, cause the communication device 6000 to perform the methods described in the above method embodiments. Instructions 6003 may be embedded in processor 6001; in this case, processor 6001 may be implemented in hardware.

本申请实施例和上述通信方法100至通信方法300任一方法实施例基于同一构思,其带来的技术效果也相同,具体原理请参照上述通信方法100至通信方法300任一所示实施例的描述,不再赘述。The embodiments of this application and any of the above-described communication methods 100 to 300 are based on the same concept and have the same technical effects. For the specific principles, please refer to the description of any of the above-described communication methods 100 to 300, which will not be repeated here.

本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,该系统包括一个或多个接入点以及一个或多个站点。在另一种可能的设计中,该系统还可以包括与接入点和/或站点进行交互的其他设备/功能网元。This application also provides a communication system that includes one or more access points and one or more stations. In another possible design, the system may further include other devices/functional network elements that interact with the access points and/or stations.

本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片,该芯片包括处理器,所述处理器调用存储器中存储的计算机程序以使得包括所述芯片的通信装置实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。This application also provides a chip including a processor that calls a computer program stored in a memory to enable a communication device including the chip to perform the functions of any of the above method embodiments.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于储存计算机软件指令,当所述指令被通信装置执行时,实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer software instructions, which, when executed by a communication device, implement the functions of any of the above method embodiments.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,用于储存计算机软件指令,当所述指令被通信装置执行时,实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。This application also provides a computer program product for storing computer software instructions, which, when executed by a communication device, implement the functions of any of the above method embodiments.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。This application also provides a computer program that, when run on a computer, implements the functions of any of the above method embodiments.

本申请实施例的说明书、权利要求书及附图中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同对象,而不是用于描述特定顺序。“第一”、“第二”等仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”等的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。The terms "first" and "second," etc., in the specification, claims, and drawings of this application are used to distinguish different objects, not to describe a specific order. "First," "second," etc., are used for descriptive purposes only and should not be construed as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly specifying the number of indicated technical features. Therefore, a feature defined with "first," "second," etc., may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of that feature. In the description of this embodiment, unless otherwise stated, "a plurality of" means two or more.

此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元,而是可选地还包括没有列出的步骤或单元,或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。Furthermore, the terms “comprising” and “having”, and any variations thereof, are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion. For example, a process, method, system, product, or apparatus that includes a series of steps or units is not limited to the steps or units listed, but may optionally include steps or units not listed, or may optionally include other steps or units inherent to such process, method, product, or apparatus.

在本申请实施例中提及“实施例”意味着,结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。在说明书中的各个位置出现该短语并不一定均是指相同的实施例,也不是与其它实施例互斥的独立的或备选的实施例。本领域技术人员显式地和隐式地理解的是,本文所描述的实施例可以与其它实施例相结合。In this application, the term "embodiment" is used to mean that a specific feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with an embodiment may be included in at least one embodiment of this application. The appearance of this phrase in various places throughout the specification does not necessarily refer to the same embodiment, nor is it a mutually exclusive, independent, or alternative embodiment. It will be explicitly and implicitly understood by those skilled in the art that the embodiments described herein can be combined with other embodiments.

在本申请实施例中,“至少一个(项)”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上,“和/或”,用于描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,“A和/或B”可以表示:只存在A,只存在B以及同时存在A和B三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,“a和b”,“a和c”,“b和c”,或“a和b和c”,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In the embodiments of this application, "at least one (item)" refers to one or more, "more than one" refers to two or more, and "and/or" is used to describe the association relationship of related objects, indicating that there can be three relationships. For example, "A and/or B" can represent three cases: only A exists, only B exists, and A and B exist simultaneously, where A and B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the related objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. "At least one (item) of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one (item) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, "a and b", "a and c", "b and c", or "a and b and c", where a, b, and c can be single or multiple.

在本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念,便于理解。In the embodiments of this application, the terms "exemplary" or "for example" are used to indicate that something is an example, illustration, or description. Any embodiment or design that is described as "exemplary" or "for example" in the embodiments of this application should not be construed as being more preferred or advantageous than other embodiments or design. Specifically, the use of the terms "exemplary" or "for example" is intended to present the relevant concepts in a specific manner to facilitate understanding.

上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,SSD)等。In the above embodiments, implementation can be achieved, in whole or in part, through software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it can be implemented, in whole or in part, as a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of this application are generated. The computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another. For example, the computer instructions can be transmitted from one website, computer, server, or data center to another via wired (e.g., coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means. The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium accessible to a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center that integrates one or more available media. The available media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (e.g., high-density digital video discs (DVDs)), or semiconductor media (e.g., SSDs), etc.

Claims (28)

一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method includes: 生成第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU,所述第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息,所述带宽字段指示信息用于指示所述第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz;A first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU) is generated. The first PPDU includes bandwidth field indication information, which is used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz. 采用100MHz信道发送所述第一PPDU。The first PPDU is transmitted using a 100MHz channel. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method includes: 生成第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU;Generate the first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU); 所述第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息和打孔字段指示信息,所述带宽字段指示信息用于指示所述第一PPDU的带宽为160MHz,所述打孔字段指示信息用于指示所述160MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔;The first PPDU includes bandwidth field indication information and punch field indication information. The bandwidth field indication information is used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the punch field indication information is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punched. 采用所述160MHz中最高60MHz打孔后剩余的100MHz信道发送所述第一PPDU。The first PPDU is transmitted using the remaining 100MHz channel after punching the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method includes: 接收第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU,所述第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息,所述带宽字段指示信息用于指示所述第一PPDU的带宽为100MHz;Receive a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU), the first PPDU including bandwidth field indication information, the bandwidth field indication information being used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 100MHz; 解析所述第一PPDU。Parse the first PPDU. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method includes: 接收第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU;Receive first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU); 所述第一PPDU包括带宽字段指示信息和打孔字段指示信息,所述带宽字段指示信息用于指示所述第一PPDU的带宽为160MHz,所述打孔字段指示信息用于指示所述160MHz中的最高60MHz被打孔;The first PPDU includes bandwidth field indication information and punch field indication information. The bandwidth field indication information is used to indicate that the bandwidth of the first PPDU is 160MHz, and the punch field indication information is used to indicate that the highest 60MHz of the 160MHz is punched. 解析所述第一PPDU。Parse the first PPDU. 根据权利要求1至4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that, 传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括996+242-tone多资源单元MRU。The 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes 996+242-tone multiple resource units (MRUs). 根据权利要求1至4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that, 传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个484-tone RU和三个242-tone RU;或者,The 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484-tone RU and three 242-tone RUs; or, 传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括五个242-tone RU;或者,The 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU comprises five 242-tone RUs; or, 传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个242-tone RU和两个484-tone RU;或者,The 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 242-tone RU and two 484-tone RUs; or, 传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个242-tone RU和一个996-tone RU;或者,The 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 242-tone RU and a 996-tone RU; or, 传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个484+242-tone MRU和一个484-tone RU;或者,The 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+242-tone MRU and a 484-tone RU; or, 传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括一个484+242-tone MRU和两个242-tone RU。The 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes one 484+242-tone MRU and two 242-tone RUs. 根据权利要求1或3所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 1 or 3, characterized in that, 所述第一PPDU还包括打孔字段指示信息,所述打孔字段指示信息用于指示所述100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,所述20MHz位于所述100MHz中的最低80MHz内。The first PPDU also includes punch field indication information, which indicates that 20MHz of the 100MHz is punched, and the 20MHz is located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz. 根据权利要求2或4所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 2 or 4, characterized in that, 所述打孔字段指示信息还用于指示所述100MHz中的20MHz被打孔,所述20MHz位于所述100MHz中的最低80MHz内。The punch field indication information is also used to indicate that 20MHz of the 100MHz is punched, and the 20MHz is located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 7 or 8, characterized in that, 传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+242+242-tone MRU;或者,The 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+242+242-tone MRU; or, 传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+484-tone MRU,所述484+484-tone MRU中的两个484子载波为连续的或非连续的;或者,The 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+484-tone MRU, wherein the two 484 subcarriers in the 484+484-tone MRU are either consecutive or non-consecutive; or, 传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括996-tone资源单元RU,所述996-tone RU中的996子载波为连续的或非连续的。The 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 996-tone resource unit (RU), wherein the 996 subcarriers in the 996-tone RU can be continuous or non-continuous. 根据权利要求1或3所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 1 or 3, characterized in that, 所述第一PPDU还包括打孔字段指示信息,所述打孔字段指示信息用于指示所述100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,所述40MHz位于所述100MHz中的最低80MHz内。The first PPDU also includes punch field indication information, which indicates that 40MHz of the 100MHz is punched, and the 40MHz is located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz. 根据权利要求2或4所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 2 or 4, characterized in that, 所述打孔字段指示信息还用于指示所述100MHz中的40MHz被打孔,所述40MHz位于所述100MHz中的最低80MHz内。The punch field indication information is also used to indicate that 40MHz of the 100MHz is punched, and the 40MHz is located within the lowest 80MHz of the 100MHz. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 10 or 11 is characterized in that, 传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括484+242-tone MRU;或者,The 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 484+242-tone MRU; or, 传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道包括242+242+242-tone MRU。The 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a 242+242+242-tone MRU. 根据权利要求5,或权利要求7至权利要求12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一PPDU的传输模式为非正交频分多址传输。According to claim 5, or any one of claims 7 to 12, the method is characterized in that the transmission mode of the first PPDU is non-orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission. 根据权利要求7或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述100MHz中最低80MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,最高20MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,且所述最高20MHz对应的一个4比特为1111。According to the method of claim 7 or 10, the 100MHz range is characterized in that the lowest 80MHz corresponds to a 4-bit punch indication, the highest 20MHz corresponds to a 4-bit punch indication, and the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 20MHz is 1111. 根据权利要求8或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述160MHz中最低80MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,最高80MHz对应一个4比特的打孔指示,且所述最高80MHz对应的一个4比特为1000。According to the method of claim 8 or 11, the lowest 80MHz of the 160MHz corresponds to a 4-bit punch indication, the highest 80MHz corresponds to a 4-bit punch indication, and the 4-bit corresponding to the highest 80MHz is 1000. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 14, characterized in that, 传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道在低80MHz包括第一内容信道和第二内容信道,在高20MHz包括第三内容信道;The 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz. 所述第一内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载三个资源单元分配字段,所述第二内容信道承载两个资源单元分配字段,所述第一内容信道、所述第二内容信道和所述第三内容信道分别承载的资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配。The first content channel and the third content channel each carry three resource unit allocation fields, and the second content channel carries two resource unit allocation fields. The resource unit allocation fields carried by the first content channel, the second content channel and the third content channel are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 15, characterized in that, 传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道在低80MHz包括第一内容信道和第二内容信道,在高20MHz包括第三内容信道;The 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz and a third content channel in the higher 20MHz. 所述第一内容信道、所述第二内容信道和所述第三内容信道分别承载三个资源单元分配字段;The first content channel, the second content channel, and the third content channel each carry three resource unit allocation fields; 所述第一内容信道和第三内容信道分别承载的三个资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配;所述第二内容信道承载的三个资源单元分配字段中,两个资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配,一个资源单元分配字段为预留字段或用于指示打孔信息或用于指示预留信息。The first content channel and the third content channel each carry three resource unit allocation fields to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU; of the three resource unit allocation fields carried by the second content channel, two resource unit allocation fields are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU, and one resource unit allocation field is a reserved field or used to indicate punching information or reserved information. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 16 or 17, characterized in that, 所述第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块;The common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block; 所述第二内容信道的公共字段位于第二公共编码块;The common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block; 所述第三内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块。The common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 16, characterized in that, 所述第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块和第二公共编码块;The common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block and the second common coding block; 所述第二内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块;The common fields of the second content channel are located in the third common coding block; 所述第三内容信道的公共字段位于第四公共编码块和第五公共编码块。The common fields of the third content channel are located in the fourth and fifth common coding blocks. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 17, characterized in that, 所述第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块和第二公共编码块;The common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block and the second common coding block; 所述第二内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块和第四公共编码块;The common fields of the second content channel are located in the third and fourth common coding blocks; 所述第三内容信道的公共字段位于第五公共编码块和第六公共编码块。The common fields of the third content channel are located in the fifth and sixth common coding blocks. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 15, characterized in that, 传输所述第一PPDU的100MHz信道在低80MHz包括第一内容信道和第二内容信道,在高20MHz包括第三内容信道;The 100MHz channel for transmitting the first PPDU includes a first content channel and a second content channel in the lower 80MHz and a third content channel in the upper 20MHz. 所述第一内容信道、所述第二内容信道和所述第三内容信道分别承载四个资源单元分配字段;The first content channel, the second content channel, and the third content channel each carry four resource unit allocation fields; 所述第一内容信道和所述第三内容信道分别承载的四个资源单元分配字段中,三个资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配,一个资源单元分配字段为预留字段或用于指示打孔信息或用于指示预留信息;Of the four resource unit allocation fields carried by the first content channel and the third content channel respectively, three resource unit allocation fields are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU, and one resource unit allocation field is a reserved field or used to indicate punching information or reserved information. 所述第二内容信道承载的四个资源单元分配字段中,两个资源单元分配字段用于指示RU或MRU的分配,两个资源单元分配字段为预留字段或用于指示打孔信息或用于指示预留信息。Of the four resource unit allocation fields carried by the second content channel, two resource unit allocation fields are used to indicate the allocation of RU or MRU, and two resource unit allocation fields are reserved fields or used to indicate punching information or reserved information. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 21, characterized in that, 所述第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块,所述第二内容信道的公共字段位于第二公共编码块,所述第三内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块;或者,The common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the second common coding block, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the third common coding block; or, 所述第一内容信道的公共字段位于第一公共编码块和第二公共编码块,所述第二内容信道的公共字段位于第三公共编码块和第四公共编码块,所述第三内容信道的公共字段位于第五公共编码块和第六公共编码块。The common fields of the first content channel are located in the first common coding block and the second common coding block, the common fields of the second content channel are located in the third common coding block and the fourth common coding block, and the common fields of the third content channel are located in the fifth common coding block and the sixth common coding block. 根据权利要求6,或权利要求7至12任一项,或权利要求14至22任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一PPDU的传输模式为正交频分多址传输。The method according to claim 6, or any one of claims 7 to 12, or any one of claims 14 to 22, is characterized in that the transmission mode of the first PPDU is orthogonal frequency division multiple access transmission. 根据权利要求1至23任一项,其特征在于,所述100MHz属于非授权频段中的5735MHz至5835MHz。According to any one of claims 1 to 23, the 100MHz belongs to the unlicensed frequency band of 5735MHz to 5835MHz. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括用于执行权利要求1、5至7、9、10、12至14、16、18至24任一项所述方法的模块,或者用于执行权利要求2、5、6、8、9、11至13、15、17至24任一项所述方法的模块,或者用于指示权利要求3、5至7、9、10、12至14、16、18至24任一项所述方法的模块,或者用于执行权利要求4、5、6、8、9、11至13、15、17至24任一项所述方法的模块。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device comprises a module for performing the method of any one of claims 1, 5 to 7, 9, 10, 12 to 14, 16, 18 to 24, or for performing the method of any one of claims 2, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11 to 13, 15, 17 to 24, or for instructing the method of any one of claims 3, 5 to 7, 9, 10, 12 to 14, 16, 18 to 24, or for performing the method of any one of claims 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11 to 13, 15, 17 to 24. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器用于存储程序,所述处理器用于执行所述程序,使得实现权利要求1、5至7、9、10、12至14、16、18至24任一项所述方法,或者实现权利要求2、5、6、8、9、11至13、15、17至24任一项所述方法,或者实现权利要求3、5至7、9、10、12至14、16、18至24任一项所述方法,或者实现权利要求4、5、6、8、9、11至13、15、17至24任一项所述方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes a processor and a memory, the memory being used to store a program, and the processor being used to execute the program, such that the method of any one of claims 1, 5 to 7, 9, 10, 12 to 14, 16, 18 to 24 is implemented, or the method of any one of claims 2, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11 to 13, 15, 17 to 24 is implemented, or the method of any one of claims 3, 5 to 7, 9, 10, 12 to 14, 16, 18 to 24 is implemented, or the method of any one of claims 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11 to 13, 15, 17 to 24 is implemented. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得权利要求1、5至7、9、10、12至14、16、18至24任一项所述方法被执行,或者使得权利要求2、5、6、8、9、11至13、15、17至24任一项所述方法被执行,或者使得权利要求3、5至7、9、10、12至14、16、18至24任一项所述方法被执行,或者使得权利要求4、5、6、8、9、11至13、15、17至24任一项所述方法被执行。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium is configured to store instructions, which, when executed on a computer, cause the method of any one of claims 1, 5 to 7, 9, 10, 12 to 14, 16, 18 to 24 to be performed, or cause the method of any one of claims 2, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11 to 13, 15, 17 to 24 to be performed, or cause the method of any one of claims 3, 5 to 7, 9, 10, 12 to 14, 16, 18 to 24 to be performed, or cause the method of any one of claims 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11 to 13, 15, 17 to 24 to be performed. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当其在计算机上运行时,使得权利要求1、5至7、9、10、12至14、16、18至24任一项所述方法被执行,或者使得权利要求2、5、6、8、9、11至13、15、17至24任一项所述方法被执行,或者使得权利要求3、5至7、9、10、12至14、16、18至24任一项所述方法被执行,或者使得权利要求4、5、6、8、9、11至13、15、17至24任一项所述方法被执行。A computer program product comprising instructions, characterized in that, when executed on a computer, causes the method of any one of claims 1, 5 to 7, 9, 10, 12 to 14, 16, 18 to 24 to be executed, or causes the method of any one of claims 2, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11 to 13, 15, 17 to 24 to be executed, or causes the method of any one of claims 3, 5 to 7, 9, 10, 12 to 14, 16, 18 to 24 to be executed, or causes the method of any one of claims 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11 to 13, 15, 17 to 24 to be executed.
PCT/CN2025/091190 2024-04-30 2025-04-25 Communication method and apparatus Pending WO2025228256A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202410549402.0 2024-04-30
CN202410549402.0A CN120881754A (en) 2024-04-30 2024-04-30 Communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025228256A1 true WO2025228256A1 (en) 2025-11-06

Family

ID=97470208

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2025/091190 Pending WO2025228256A1 (en) 2024-04-30 2025-04-25 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN120881754A (en)
WO (1) WO2025228256A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114788201A (en) * 2019-12-05 2022-07-22 韦勒斯标准与技术协会公司 Signaling method through resource allocation in wireless communication system and wireless communication terminal
US20230006784A1 (en) * 2019-11-25 2023-01-05 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for receiving ppdu via multiple ru in wireless lan system
WO2023077476A1 (en) * 2021-11-05 2023-05-11 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Access point and wireless communication method
CN117528662A (en) * 2022-07-29 2024-02-06 华为技术有限公司 A data transmission method and communication device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20230006784A1 (en) * 2019-11-25 2023-01-05 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for receiving ppdu via multiple ru in wireless lan system
CN114788201A (en) * 2019-12-05 2022-07-22 韦勒斯标准与技术协会公司 Signaling method through resource allocation in wireless communication system and wireless communication terminal
WO2023077476A1 (en) * 2021-11-05 2023-05-11 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Access point and wireless communication method
CN117528662A (en) * 2022-07-29 2024-02-06 华为技术有限公司 A data transmission method and communication device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN120881754A (en) 2025-10-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN111713068B (en) Method and apparatus for perforated detection and partial bandwidth feedback
US11621875B2 (en) Method and apparatus for applying optimized phase rotation in consideration of various RF capabilities in broadband with 80MHZ based preamble puncturing in WLAN system
KR102718696B1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting ppdu in duplicate(dup) mode in a wireless communication system
JP7585329B2 (en) Method for instructing resource unit combination and communication device
JP2023547491A (en) PPDU uplink bandwidth indication method and related devices
US20140198705A1 (en) Orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) and duplication signaling within wireless communications
JP2023530024A (en) Resource indication method, access point and station
WO2022257836A1 (en) Ppdu transmission method and related apparatus
WO2024021975A1 (en) Data transmission method and communication device
CN113395143A (en) Data transmission method and device, chip system and computer readable storage medium
JP2023535294A (en) Communication apparatus and communication method for trigger-based uplink multi-user transmission
CN114698030B (en) A bandwidth indication method, device, chip and communication system
WO2023284644A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2025228256A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
TW202408188A (en) Communication method and device
CN111511023A (en) Signal transmission method and device
WO2024027404A1 (en) Resource configuration method and communication apparatus
WO2022228478A1 (en) Information transmission method, communication apparatus, computer-readable storage medium, and chip
KR102905965B1 (en) Data transmission method and device, chip system, and computer-readable storage medium
US20240334347A1 (en) Extended long range wireless packet design
WO2025185483A1 (en) Communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system
WO2024222765A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2024255712A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
TW202504367A (en) Communication method, apparatus, and system
WO2025218480A9 (en) Information transmission method and transmission apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 25797562

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1